SEMESTER I

15H101 CALCULUS AND ITS APPLICATIONS 3 2 0 4 DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS: Basic concepts - Limits, continuity. Differentiation, functions of several variables, partial derivatives, total derivatives, Taylor‘s formula for functions of two variables. (8+5)

INTEGRAL CALCULUS: Double integrals - double integrals over rectangles, double integrals as volumes, Fubini‘s theorem (concept and statement only), double integrals in polar form, changing the order of integration. (6+4)

ORDINARY DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS OF FIRST ORDER: Basic concepts, separable differential equations, exact differential equations, integrating factors, linear differential equations, Bernoulli equations, modelling- mixing problems, decay and growth problems, Newton‘s law of cooling. (9+6)

LINEAR DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS OF SECOND ORDER: Homogeneous linear equations of second order, linearity principle, initial value problem, general solution, second order homogeneous equations with constant coefficients, Euler – Cauchy equation, solution by variation of parameters. (6+4)

VECTOR CALCULUS: Gradient of a scalar field, directional derivative, divergence of a vector field, curl of a vector field. Integration in vector field – line integrals, work, circulation and flux, path independence, conservative fields, surface integrals. Green‘s, Gauss divergence and Stoke‘s theorems (concepts and statements only), evaluation of line, surface and volume integrals. (16+11) Total L: 45+T: 30=75 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Thomas G. B. and Finney R. L., ―Calculus and Analytic Geometry‖, Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2012. 2. Erwin Kreyszig, ―Advanced Engineering Mathematics‖, Wiley India Pvt Ltd, New Delhi, 2012.

REFERENCES: 1. Wylie C. R. and Barrett L. C., ―Advanced Engineering Mathematics‖, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2013. 2. Peter V.O Neil, ―Advanced Engineering Mathematics‖, Cengage, New Delhi, 2010.

15H102/15T102 PHYSICS 3 0 0 3

MECHANICAL PROPERTIES: Review of vector quantities. Newton's third law and Free Body diagrams. Rigid body dynamics: Centre of mass. Moment of inertia. Torque, angular momentum and angular acceleration. Work power and energy. Conservation of momentum. Friction and wear-Static and dynamic friction, limiting friction, Rolling friction. Coefficient of static friction, coefficient of dynamic friction. Lubrication and lubricants. Surface wear due to friction. Role of friction in textiles. Surface treatments for reducing friction. Surface treatments for increasing friction. (9)

PROPERTIES OF LIQUIDS AND FLUIDS: Surface tension: molecular forces-intermolecular range. Excess pressure, capillarity.Viscosity -viscous force-coefficient of viscosity. Equation of continuity. Adhesion, cohesion, wettability. Fluid Motion- Newtonian and non newtonian fluids - Kinematics of Moving Fluids: Poiseuille‘s Equation for flow of a Liquid through a capillary tube. Properties of absorbent textiles for industrial applications (9)

GEOMETRICAL OPTICS: Image formation using lenses and mirrors. Spherical and chromatic aberration. Methods of reducing aberrations. Aspherical components, aperture control, multiple elements. Adaptive optics. Definition of depth of field. Optical instruments for imaging and inspection of textiles and fibres. Factors affecting magnification and image quality (8)

PHYSICAL OPTICS: Principle of Interferometry. Interferometric techniques for measurement of small thicknesses. Applications to measurement of fibre thickness and uniformity. Polarised light - appearance of transparent materials in polarised light- fibre colour due to birefringence. Polarised light microscopes for inspection of textiles and fibres. Use of Bertrand lens and conoscopy. Spectral distribution: emission, transmission reflection and absorption spectra. Textile colour, colour changing fabrics. (10)

THERMAL PHYSICS: Review of thermal properties: Specific heat capacity, thermal capacity and coefficient of linear thermal expansion. Methods of measurement of thermal expansion. Differential equation of one-dimensional heat flow. Searle's apparatus and Lee's disc apparatus for determination of thermal conductivity. Thermal Insulation. Convection and radiation. Heat dissipation. Properties of woven and non-woven textiles for thermal functions. (9)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Richard Wolfson, ―Essential university Physics‖ Vols 1 and 2, Pearson Education, Singapore, 2011. 2. Gaur R. K. and Gupta S. L., ―Engineering Physics‖, Dhanpat Rai and Sons, India, 2013.

24

REFERENCES: 1. Halliday D., Resnick R. and Walker J., ―Fundamentals of Physics‖, Wiley Publications, 2008. 2. Arthur Beiser, ―Applied Physics‖, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Co. Ltd, India, 2007. 3. Hitendra K. Malik and Ajay Kumar Singh, ―Engineering Physics‖, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Co. Ltd, India, 2010.

15H103/15T103 CHEMISTRY 3 0 0 3 CHEMICAL BONDING: Types of chemical bonds – bond polarity, dipole moments and partial ionic character of covalent bonds. Molecular orbital treatment of simple diatomic molecules. Metallic bonding – free electron theory and band theory. Hydrogen bonding – types and their consequences. van der Waals forces – origin and significance. (9)

KINETICS AND SURFACE CHEMISTRY: Integrated rate laws - temperature dependence of reaction rate, kinetics of enzyme catalysis – Michaelis-Menton equation. Adsorption - Freundlich and Langmuir isotherms. Surface active agents - types, orientation of surfactants on solid and liquid interfaces, adsorbed mono layers. Applications of adsorption – detergency, water repellency, wetting - contact angle, foaming, emulsifications, deemulsification, defoamers and water conservation. (9)

WATER CHEMISTRY: Water quality parameters- determination of hardness (EDTA method), alkalinity, TDS, BOD, COD, chloride, sulphate, iron (by colorimetry). Boiler troubles and remedies – internal conditioning. Water treatment methods – zeolite, demineralization, electrodialysis and reverse osmosis. Solution chemistry: Solubility product, common ion effect- influence on ionization of weak electrolytes and pH of solutions. (9)

LUBRICANTS : Mechanism of lubrication, properties of lubricating oil - viscosity, viscosity index, flash and fire points, oiliness, cloud and pour points, aniline point, Steam Emulsion Number, oxidation stability. Additives for lubricants. Greases – types and uses. Solid lubricants. Synthetic lubricants-. Fluolubes, silicone lubricants. Lubricating emulsions, cutting fluids. (9)

OILS, FATS, SOAPS AND DYES: Oil and fats - chemical constitution, general chemical characteristics – drying, rancidification, hydrolysis, hydrogenation, hydrogenolysis. Chemical analysis – acid, saponification, iodine, RM values – determination and their significance. Soaps- types and preparation. Detergents. Dyes -Theory of colour and constitution – chromophore and auxochromes, Nomenclature of dyes - commercial naming, colour index. Classification of dyes based on application – direct dyes, mordant dyes, ingrain dyes, vat dyes, disperse dyes, reactive dyes and sulphur dyes. (9)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Atkins P., ―The Elements of Physical Chemistry‖, Oxford University Press, New Delhi, 2009 2. Jain P. C. and Monica Jain., ―Engineering Chemistry‖, Dhanpat Rai Publishing Company, New Delhi, 2013.

REFERENCES: 1. Shaw D. J., ―Introduction to Colloids and Surface Chemistry ―, Butterworth - Heinemann Ltd., Jordan, 1998. 2. Shashi Chawla, ―A Text book of Engineering Chemistry‖, Dhanpat Rai & Co, New Delhi, 2005. 3. Puri B. R. Sharma L. R. and Pathania M. S., ―Principles of Physical Chemistry‖, Vishal Publishing & Co., New Delhi, 2010.

15H104 PROBLEM SOLVING AND C PROGRAMMING 2 2 0 3

INTRODUCTION TO PROBLEM SOLVING: Program development - Analyzing and Defining the Problem - Algorithm - Flow Chart. (2+2)

PROGRAMMING LANGUAGES: Definition - Types of programming language – Modular Programming - Program Development Environment. (2+2)

C: The C character set - Identifiers and keywords - Data types – Constants - Variables - Declarations – Expressions - Statements - Operators & expressions - Arithmetic operators - Unary operators - Relational & logical operators - Assignment operators - Conditional operators - comma operator - sizeof operator - Library functions - Data input & output functions. (4+4)

CONTROL STATEMENTS: If else - Switch Case - While - Do While - For - Nested loops - break – continue – goto statements.(4+4)

FUNCTIONS: Function prototype - Defining a function – function call - Passing arguments to a function - Storage classes - auto - static - extern and register variables. (4+4)

ARRAYS: Defining an array - Processing an array - Passing array to a function - Multi dimensional array - Arrays & strings. (4+4)

POINTERS: Definition - Pointer Arithmetic - Pointer and arrays – Dynamic memory allocation. (2+2)

STRUCTURES AND UNIONS: Definitions - Processing a structure – Array and structures – Nested structures - Structures and pointers - Structures and functions. (4+4)

25

FILES: Need for files – Operations on files - Sequential and Random access file functions - File Handling Functions - Error handling functions. (2+2)

Preprocessor Directives - Command Line Arguments. (2+2)

Total L: 30 + T: 30 = 60

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Kernighan B. W. and Ritchie D. M., ―C Programming Language (ANSI C)‖, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 2006. 2. Deitel H. M. and Deitel P. J., ―C: How to Program‖, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 2012.

REFERENCES: 1. Gottfried B., ―Programming with C‖, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2009. 2. Herbert Schildt, ―C: The Complete Reference‖, McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2000. 3. Rama N. Reddy Carol A. Ziegler, ―C Programming For Scientists and Engineers With Applications‖, Jones And Bartlett, New Delhi 2010.

15H105 TEXTILE FIBRES 4 0 0 4

NATURAL FIBRES: : Classification of Textile Fibres – natural and synthetic. Requirements and characteristics of textile fibres Morphological structure, properties, sourcing and end uses of cotton, jute, and flax. Wool: Different qualities, morphological structure, properties and end uses. Silk: different types, structure, properties and end uses. Organic cotton and coloured cotton, Banana fibre – properties and end uses. Unconventional Fibres (16)

SYNTHETIC FIBRES: Principle of fiber formation by dry, wet, melt spinning and solution spinning techniques. Manufacture, sourcing and properties of polyamide, polyester, polypropylene and polyacrylonitrile fibres. Drawing and heat setting process. Mono and multi filaments. High performance fibres- elastomers, glass, aramid, carbon fibres: properties, sourcing and applications. Bi component fibres - micro fibres, ultra fine denier fibres: properties and end uses. Dope dyed fibres, Nano fibres - production, properties and applications. (14)

REGENERATED FIBRES: Cellulosic Fibres- Viscose rayon, lyocell, modal and Bamboo – Raw Material, production, structure & properties, sourcing and end uses. Polynosic fibers- types, structure, properties, end uses. Regenerated Protein Fibres: Milk, soybean - structure & properties, sourcing and end uses. (12)

IDENTIFICATION OF FIBRES: Feeling Test, Burning test, Microscopic test, Staining Test, Chemical test and Density measurement. (6)

PRODUCT VARIATION AND FIBRE SELECTION: Fibre selection for apparels – casual, formal and party wears. Home textiles – safety & aesthetic properties. Basic properties and fibre selection for Sports wear, intimate garments, medical garments and protective clothing. (12) Total L: 60 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Mishra S. P., ―Text book of Fibre Science and Technology‖, Newnes-HV Butterworths & Co. Publishers Ltd., Oxford, 2000. 2. Premamoy Ghosh, ―Fibre Science and Technology‖, McGraw Hill, India, 2004.

REFERENCES: 1. Gupta V. B. and Kothari V. K. ―Manufactured Fibre Technology‖, Chapman & Hall, London, 1997. 2. Sreenivasamurthy H.V., ―Introduction to Textile Fibres‖, The Textile Association India, Mumbai, 1998. 3. Morton W. E. and Hearle J. W. S., ―Physical Properties of Textile Fibres‖, Textile Institute, Manchester, 1993.

15T106 ENGLISH LANGUAGE PROFICIENCY 2 2 0 3

LEARNING LANGUAGE THROUGH STANDARD LITERARY AND GENERAL TEXTS: Integrated Tasks focusing on Language Skills – Training based on Text based Vocabulary, tone, register and Syntax features (6+6)

GRAMMAR IN CONTEXT: Word Order – Subject Verb Concord – Style features – Tenses, Conditionals, Prepositions, Active and Passive Voice, Modals and Transformation of Sentences (7+7)

GUIDELINES FOR WRITTEN COMMUNICATION: Principles of Clear Writing - Paragraph Writing – Essay Writing – Emphasis Techniques – Summarizing and Paraphrasing – Analytical Writing – Letter Writing (2+2)

WRITING PRACTICE (4+4)

26

FOCUS ON SPOKEN ENGLISH: Task – based activities with graded levels of difficulty and with focus on language functions

Level 1: Self – expression – Greetings in Conversation, Hobbies, Special interests, Daily routine

Level 2: General Awareness – Expression of Concepts, Opinions, Social Issues, Description of a process / picture/chart, news presentation / review Level 3: Advanced Skills – Making Short Speeches and Participating in Role Plays (7+7)

LISTENING ACTIVITY: Task- based Activities using Language Lab (8+8)

Total L: 30+T: 30 =60 TEXTBOOK: 1. Monograph prepared by the Faculty, Department of English, 2015.

REFERENCES: 1. Simon Haines, Mark Nettle and Martin Hewings, ―Advanced Grammar in Use‖, Cambridge University Press, New Delhi, 2008. 2. Jill Singleton, ―Writers at Work: The Paragraph‖, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2012. 3. Anne Laws, ―Writing Skills‖, Orient Black Swan, Hyderbad, 2011. 4. Sinha D.K., ―Specimens of English Prose‖, Orient Black Swan, Hyderabad, 2012.

15H110 ENGINEERING GRAPHICS 0 0 4 2

INTRODUCTION: Introduction to Engineering Drawing. BIS. Principles of dimensioning. (8)

ORTHOGRAPHIC PROJECTION: Principles of orthographic projection-projection of points, straight lines, planes and solids. Orthographic projection of simple engineering components – missing view exercises. Drawing orthographic projections of computer components. (16)

PICTORIAL PROJECTIONS: Principles of pictorial views, isometric view of simple engineering components. Orthographic views from given pictorial views. Isometric views from given two or three views. Drawing isometric views of typical electronic components. (12)

SECTION OF SOLIDS: Section of regular solids, types of sections, selection of section views. Sectional views of simple engineering components. Drawing sectional views of assemblies like electric motor, mobile phone. (12)

DEVELOPMENT OF SURFACES: Development of lateral surfaces of regular solids and truncated solids. Preparing parts like tray, funnel, CPU housing using cardboard material. (12)

Total P: 60

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Luzadder and Duff, ―Fundamentals of Engineering Drawing‖, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., 2009. 2. Venugopal K and Prabhu Raja V, ―Engineering Graphics‖, New Age International Publishers, 2007.

REFERENCES: 1. Natarajan K. V., "Engineering Drawing and Graphics", M/s Dhanalakshmi N, Chennai, 2007. 2. Bureau of Indian Standards, ―Engineering Drawing Practices for Schools and Colleges SP 46-2003‖, BIS, New Delhi, 2004.

15H111 PHYSICS LABORATORY I

0 0 2 1

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS 1. Determination of Young‘s Modulus of a wooden bar – Cantilever method 2. Determination of surface tension of water – Capillary rise method 3. Determination of coefficient of viscosity of water – Poiseuille‘s method 4. Determination of fibre thickness– Air wedge method 5. Determination of wavelength of mercury spectrum using transmission grating

27

DEMONSTRATION 1. Frictional forces 2. Fibre optic communication 3. Measurement of fabric surface roughness 4. Plasma processing of textiles

Total P: 30 REFERENCES: 1. Physics Practicals, Department of Physics, PSG College of Technology, 2015. 2. Wilson J.D. and Hernandez C.A., ―Physics Laboratory Experiments‖, Houghton Mifflin Company, New York, 2005.

15H112/15T112 CHEMISTRY LABORATORY I 0 0 2 1 1.a) Determination of Redwood / Saybolt numbers and kinematic viscosity of lubricating oils. b) Determination of cloud and pour point of oils. 2.a) Determination of acid value, saponification value and iodine number of oils. b) Determination of flash point and fire point of oils. 3. Determination of total, permanent, temporary, calcium and magnesium hardness of water by EDTA method. 4. Determination of alkalinity, COD, pH and TDS of water.

Total P: 30 REFERENCE: 1. Laboratory Manual Prepared by the Department.

SEMESTER II

15H201 COMPLEX VARIABLES AND TRANSFORMS 3 2 0 4 COMPLEX VARIABLES: Complex differentiation-Analytic function, Cauchy Riemann equations, harmonic functions. (6+4)

COMPLEX INTEGRATION: Cauchy‘s integral theorem, Cauchy‘s integral formula, Taylor and Maclaurin series, Laurent series (concepts and statements only), singularities and zeros, residue integration method (Residue integration of complex integrals only). (8+5)

LAPLACE TRANSFORMS: Laplace transform, inverse transform, linearity, s-shifting, transforms of derivatives and integrals, unit step function, t- shifting, Dirac‘s delta function, periodic functions, convolution, differentiation and integration of transforms, Method of solving differential equations and integral equations by using Laplace transform technique. (12+9)

FOURIER ANALYSIS: Fourier series - functions of any period 2L, half range expansions. Fourier transform, Fourier cosine and sine transforms - Discrete Fourier transform – Fast Fourier transform – DIT algorithm. (13+8)

Z-TRANSFORM: Introduction of Z-transform, Inverse transform, difference equation, application of Z-transform to solve difference equations. (6+4)

Total L: 45+T: 30=75 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Erwin Kreyszig, ―Advanced Engineering Mathematics‖, John Wiley &Sons, New Delhi, 2012. 2. Wylie C. R. and Barrett L. C., ―Advanced Engineering Mathematics‖, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2013.

REFERENCES: 1. Mathews J. H. and Howell R. W., ―Complex Analysis for Mathematics and Engineering‖, Narosa Publishing House, New Delhi, 2011. 2. Peter V.O Neil, ―Advanced Engineering Mathematics‖, Cengage, New Delhi, 2010 3. Lonnie C. Ludeman, ―Fundamentals of Digital Signal Processing‖, Wiley-India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2009.

15H202 YARN TECHNOLOGY 3 0 0 3

YARN MANUFACTURING PROCESS: Introduction: Types of yarn- spun and filaments. Yarn numbering system. Ginning – objectives, types and working principle. Short staple system: objective, working principle, application and sequence of manufacturing process adopted for ring and compact yarns. Comparison of carded, combed and blended yarns. (11)

28

LONG STAPLE SPINNING: objective, working principle, application and sequence of manufacturing process adopted for woolen, worsted yarn, silk filament and spun silk. Applications of long staple yarns. (6)

UNCONVENTIONAL SPINNING TECHNIQUES: Objective, working principle of rotor spinning, air - jet spinning, air vortex spinning, Self twist spinning, DREF spinning, Electrostatic Spinning, wrap spinning. Comparison of yarn properties produced from different spinning processes. Applications of different unconventional yarns. (8)

POST SPINNING AND FANCY YARNS: Yarn doubling: objectives, twisting, types of twisted yarns and up-twister and down-twister. Two-for-one twisters: salient features of TFO, yarn properties. Fancy yarns: types, manufacturing and application of marl yarn, spiral or corkscrew yarn, gimp yarn, diamond yarn, loop yarn, snarl yarn, knop yarn, slub yarn, fasciated yarn, tape yarn, chenille yarn, ribbon yarns, composite yarns, covered yarns, slub yarns, milange yarns and metallic yarns. (9)

SEWING AND EMBRODIERY THREAD MANUFACTURE: Fibres used , essential quality requirements, package types, ticket number, manufacturing process, properties and applications of different types of sewing threads. Embroidery thread: types, manufacturing process, properties and applications. (6)

YARN SELECTION FOR APPARELS: Yarn selection criteria for woven and knitted garments, yarn and package faults: Causes and remedies. (5)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Klein W.G., ―The Technology of Short Staple Spinning‖, Textile Institute, Manchester, 1998. 2. Mahendra Gowda, R.V., ―New spinning systems‖ NCUTE publication, New Delhi, 2006.

REFERENCES: 1. ―Norms for Spinning Mills‖, SITRA, India, 2004. 2. Wynne A., ―The Motivate Series‖, Macmillan Education Ltd., London, 1997. . 3. Oxtoby E., ―Spun Yarn Technology‖, Butterworth and Co., London, 1987. 4. Lawrence C.A., ―Advances in Yarn Spinning Technology‖, Woodhead publishing, Cambridge, 2010.

15H203 FABRIC MANUFACTURING AND DESIGN 4 0 0 4

WEAVING: Introduction, Process flow and objectives of winding, warping, sizing, looming. Types of weaving. Working principle of loom - Primary, secondary and auxiliary motions. Working principle of dobby and jacquard. Production calculation, Limitations of shuttle weaving. (13)

SHUTTLELESS WEAVING: Basic principles of weft insertion – projectile, rapier, air jet. selvedge – objectives, types. merits and demerits of shuttleless looms. woven fabric defects - types, causes and remedies. Commercial fabrics (9)

NON-WOVENS: Definition, Classification, raw materials, Web formation techniques - dry laid, wet laid, air laid. Bonding techniques –mechanical, thermal and chemical. Properties of nonwoven fabrics, products and its applications. (6)

WOVEN STRUCTURES: Elements of woven design – design, repeat, draft, peg plan and denting plan. Classifications. Design and characteristics of elementary weaves – plain and its derivatives, twill and its derivatives, sateen and satin. Honey comb and its types, huck-a-back, mock leno. (9)

COLOUR AND WEAVE COMBINATION: Simple colour and weave effects. Arrangement of figures – drop, ogee, diamond and sateen. Applications. Commercial Weaves: Design and Specifications – Voile, Poplin, Corduroy. Chambray, Georgettes, Crepe, Chiffon. Gabardine. (14)

SPECIAL WOVEN STRUCTURES: Bed ford cord, welt and pique. Pile fabrics – Velveteen and velvet. Concept of double cloth and its application. Extra thread figuring. Concept of 3D woven structure. (9)

Total L: 60

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Lord P. R. and Mohamed M. H., ―Weaving: Conversion of Yarn to Fabric‖, Wood Head Publishing Limited, England, 2001. 2. Grosicki Z. J., ―Watson‘s Textile Design and colour‖, Newness-Butterworth and Co., London, 2005.

REFERENCES: 1. Marks P. and Robinson A. T. C., ―Principles of Weaving‖, Textile Institute, Manchester, 1998. 2. Hu J., ―3 D Fibrous Assemblies: Properties, Applications and Modeling of Three-Dimensional Textile structures‖, Woodhead Publishing, 2008. 3. Russel S., ―Handbook of Nonwovens‖, Textile Institute, Manchester, 2004. 4. Grosicki Z. J., ―Watson‘s Advanced Textile Design‖, Newness-Butterworth and Co., London, 2005

29

15H204 PROPERTIES OF MATERIALS AND MEASUREMENTS 3 0 0 3

MECHANICAL PROPERTIES: Concepts of stress and strain, Hooke‘s law, three moduli of elasticity and relation among them, Poison‘s ratio, bending of beams, bending moment, theory of thin cantilever,determination of young‘s modulus by cantilever method, twisting of a cylinder ,determination of rigidity modulus by torsional pendulum. (10)

VISCOELASTIC BEHAVIOUR OF MATERIALS: Elasticity, plasticity, anelasticity, tensile properties, relaxation processes, stress- strain curve under cyclic loading, viscoelastic behaviour, viscoelastic deformation, models of viscoelasticity - Maxwell model, Voigt Kelvin model, four parameter model, fatigue- methods to increase fatigue resistance. (9)

PROPERTIES OF FLUIDS: Viscous force, Poiseuille‘s method for the determination of coefficient of viscosity, Ostwald viscometer – variation of viscosity with temperature, surface energy and surface tension , capillarity, determination of surface tension - capillary rise method , variation of surface tension with temperature, Jaeger‘s method . (8)

THERMAL PROPERTIES: Conduction of heat, coefficient of thermal conductivity, flow of heat through a compound media and cylindrical tube, determination of thermal conductivity of a material in the form of a cylinder, bad conductor by Lee‘s disc method. (6)

PRINCIPLES OF PHYSICAL MEASUREMENT: Accuracy and precision in measurement, types of errors in measurement, sources of error, transducer – variable resistance transducer, differential transformer (LVDT), Piezoelectric transducers, photo conductive transducers, photovoltaic cells, measurement of temperature - electrical resistance thermometer, thermistor thermometer, thermocouple thermometer, measurement of strain - electrical resistance strain gauges, applications - load and torque measurement. (12)

Total L:45

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Raghavan V, ―Materials Science and Engineering‖, Prentice Hall of India,New Delhi, 2005. 2. Gaur R K and Gupta S L ―Engineering Physics‖, Dhanpat Rai and sons, New Delhi, 2006.

REFERENCES: 1. William D Callister Jr., "Material Science and Engineering", John Wiley and sons, New York, 2006. 2. D.S.Kumar, ―Mechanical Measurements and Control‖ S.Chand &Co, New Delhi 1991. 3. Holman J P, ―Experimental Methods of Engineering‖, McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2001.

15H205 APPLIED CHEMISTRY 3 0 0 3

INTRODUCTION TO POLYMERS: Classification, functionality of monomers, degree of polymerization, molecular weight of polymers - number average and weight average. Molecular weight distribution. Determination of molecular weight by gel permeation chromatography and viscometry. Chemical constitution and properties of natural polymers – cotton, wool, silk. (9)

POLYMERISATION MECHANISM AND METHODS : Polymerisation reactions – chain – free radical, ionic, co-ordination polymerisations – condensation polymerisation, ring opening polymerisation. Polymerisation techniques - Addition polymerisation - bulk, solution, suspension and emulsion techniques. Condensation polymerisation - melt, solution and interfacial techniques. (9)

PROPERTIES OF POLYMER: Amorphous and crystalline states – degree of crystallinity – factors affecting crystallizability. Glass transition temperature – determination by DSC and DTA and thermal stability by TGA, factors affecting Tg. Influence of chemical structure on properties – mechanical, thermal, electrical, solubility. Requisite for polymers to form fibres, elastomers and plastics. Polymer reactions - Hydrolysis – acidolysis – aminolysis – hydrogenation – cyclization – crosslinking – grafting. Degradations – thermal, mechanical and photo degradations. Reactions of cellulose, nylon and terylene. (9)

CHEMICALS FOR TEXTILE PROCESSING: Types of bleaching agents, reducing bleaching agents – sulphur dioxide and sodium hydrosulphite - preparation, bleaching mechanism and conditions of bleaching. Oxidising bleaching agents – bleaching powder, sodium hypochlorite, hydrogen peroxide, chlorine dioxide–preparation, bleaching mechanism and conditions of bleaching, determination of available chlorine in bleaching powder and the determination of percentage of hydrogen peroxide. Optical brighteners, ultramarines. (9)

REACTIONS FOR DYE SYNTHESIS: Halogenation, nitration, sulphonation, amination, esterification, hydroxylation, diazotization and Friedel- Crafts reaction. Introduction of hydroxyl group in aromatic systems – alkali fusion, hydrolysis of chloro compounds. Alkylation of amines, arylation of amines, oxidation of naphthalene and anthracene, p-toluene sulphonic acid, Kolbe-schmidt reaction for the preparation of salicylic acid and 2-hydroxy-3-naphthnoic acid. (9)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Gowarikar V. R., Viswanathan N. V. and Jayadev Sreedhar, ―Polymer Science‖, New Age International (P) Ltd., New Delhi, 2011.

30

2. Chatwal G. R., ―Synthetic Organic Chemistry‖, Himalaya Publishing House, Mumbai, 2001.

REFERENCES: 1. Joel R. Fried, ―Polymer Science and Technology‖, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., India, 2003. 2. Tyagi O. D., and Yadav M., ―A Text Book of Synthetic Dyes‖, Anmol Publications Pvt Ltd, New Delhi, 2001. 3. Trotman E. R., ―Dyeing and Chemical Technology of the Textile Fibres‖, Charles Griffith Co Ltd, London, 1990. 4. Shenai V. A., ―Introduction to the Chemistry of Dyestuffs‖, Sevak Publications, Mumbai, 1995.

15H210 TEXTILE MANUFACTURING LABORATORY 0 0 4 2

1. Identification of Textile Fibres by physical and chemical test 2. Identification of blend composition using chemical test 3. Study on working mechanism of Carding and Draw frame. 4. Study on working mechanism of Comber and Speed frame. 5. Study on working mechanism of Ring frame and Rotor spinning. 6. Determination of yarn type, linear density and twist 7. Study and fabric development in shuttle looms – Non- Automatic 8. Study and fabric development in shuttle looms – Automatic looms. 9. Study and fabric development in shuttle looms – Terry weaving 10. Study and fabric development in shuttleless looms – Flexible rapier 11. Study and fabric development in shuttleless looms – Air Jet 12. Practice on designs development in Jacquard looms and fabric development. Total P: 60 REFERENCE: 1. Laboratory Manual prepared by the Department of Fashion Technology, 2015.

15H211/15T211 PHYSICS LABORATORY II 0 0 2 1 List of Experiments:

1. Determination of coefficient thermal conductivity of bad conductor – Lee‘s Disc method. 2. Study of I-V characteristics of solar cell and determination of its efficiency 3. Study of photo diode characteristics 4. Measurement of Vibration Frequency of Melde‘s Apparatus 5. Determination of lattice constant using x-ray powder photograph Total P: 30 Demonstration 1. Surface profilometer 2. Metallurgical microscope 3. FTIR spectroscopy 4. Plasma processing of textiles Total P: 30 REFERENCES: 1. Department of Physics,‖ Physics Practicals‖, PSG College of Technology 2015 2. Wilson J.D. and Hernandez C.A,‖ Physics Laboratory Experiments‖, Houghton Mifflin Company, New York 2005

15H212/15T212 CHEMISTRY LABORATORY II 0 0 2 1 1. (a) Determination of purity of washing soda & strength of commercial acid. (b) Preparation of soap and a dye. 2. Estimation of available chlorine in hypochlorite solution, strength of hydrogen peroxide. 3. Estimation of strength of an acid by pH -metry. 4. Adsorption of oxalic acid on carbon – verification of Freundlich adsorption isotherm.

Total P: 30 REFERENCE: 1. Laboratory Manual Prepared by the Department, 2015.

31

15H213 DESIGN COLLECTION LABORATORY 0 0 2 1

1. Preparation of colour palette from various sources. 2. Collection of different textures 3. Preparing a design collection for the following: Men‘s wear – Formal, casual and party wears Women‘s wear - Formal, casual and party wears Kids wear - Formal, casual and party wears 4. Collection of Indian designer‘s profile and designs. 5. Collection of International designer‘s profile and designs. 6. Collection of fashion accessories 7. Portfolio styles and presentation Total P: 30

REFERENCE: 1. Laboratory Manual Prepared by the Department of Fashion Technology, 2015.

SUMMER TERM COURSES

15H215 PROFESSIONAL SKILLS (4 weeks duration) 6 0 9 2

UNIT I: FASHION INDUSTRY Fashion Industry – Structure, size, clusters – apparel, handicraft, handloom, power loom, chemical processing, accessories. (L:6) Market – Domestic and export. Sector wise classification. Market potential. Players in the market (L:6) Apparel Products and processes –Production and sourcing centers. (L:6) Promotional bodies for textile and apparel and their role. (L:6)

UNIT II: TRAINING IN CAD PACKAGE Understanding image size resolution, Raster and vector images (P:4) Raster-based image editors (P:4) Vector – based image editors (P:4) Scanned-display computer graphics (P:4)

UNIT III: DOCUMENTATION AND PRESENTATION TOOLS

DOCUMENT PREPARATION: Literature survey, Creating and editing a document, checking spelling and grammar, enhancing a document with various formats, inserting graphics. (P:6)

SPREADSHEET CREATION: Entering text, numbers, and formulae; saving, closing and opening workbooks; specifying ranges, enhancing a worksheet. Creating a variety of charts and enhancing them. (P:8)

PRESENTATION: Creating presentations, inserting slides, inserting graphics, enhancing a presentation, previewing. (P:6)

Total L: 24+P: 36=60 REFERENCES: 1. Richard Jones, ―The Apparel Industry‖, Wiley Publishers, UK, 2006. 2. Tim Jackson, David Shaw, ―The Fashion Handbook‖, Routledge Publishers, UK, 2006. 3. Marlon Lezama, Brian Webber, Charles Dagher, ―Sourcing Practices in the Apparel Industry: Implications for Garment Exporters in Commonwealth Developing Countries‖, Commonwealth Secretariat, UK, 2004.

15H216 IN-PLANT TRAINING AND TECHNICAL SEMINAR 6 0 9 2

INTRODUCTION TO INDUSTRIAL PRODUCTS: Classification, Examples. (L:6)

TYPES OF INDUSTRIES: Organisation structure, Roles and responsibilities (L:6)

INDUSTRIAL STANDARDS: Safety, Health and Environment standards (L:6)

INDUSTRY BEST PRACTICES: Introduction to 5S, Waste elimination (L:6)

INDUSTRY VISIT: Visit to typical manufacturing industry, observation. (P:24)

32

WRITING COHERENT REPORT: Overview structure of reports, gathering information - synopsis / abstract - title – headings – table of contents – list of figures – list of tables – list of appendices – chapters – structured paragraphs – inferences, conclusions – figures – tables – flow charts – complete design (headers and footers)

Each student will be required to submit a technical report based on the observation from the industrial visit (P:12)

REFERENCES: 1. Arora V. N. and Laxmi Chandra, ―Improve Your Writing‖, Oxford University Press, New Delhi, 2008. 2. Sheryl Lindell-Roberts, ―Technical Writing for Dummies‖, Hungry Mills, Inc, 2001.

SEMESTER III

15H301 NUMERICAL METHODS 2 2 0 3

ERRORS: Approximations and round-off errors - truncation errors. (2+1)

LINEAR ALGEBRAIC EQUATIONS: Direct methods - Naïve Gauss elimination, Gauss-Jordan method, crout‘s method, Iterative methods - Gauss-Jacobi method, Gauss–Seidel method, eigenvalues and eigenvectors - power method, Jacobi method. (5+5)

NONLINEAR EQUATIONS: False- position method, Newton-Raphson method, Bairstow‘s method, Graeffe‘s root squaring method. (4+4)

INTERPOLATION AND CURVE FITTING: Newton‘s forward and backward interpolating polynomials, Newton‘s divided-difference interpolating polynomials, Lagrange interpolating polynomials, coefficients of an interpolating polynomial. Curve fitting - least- squares regression (4+4)

DIFFERENTIATION AND INTEGRATION: Numerical differentiation - equally spaced and unequally spaced data, numerical integration, Newton-Cotes formulae, Trapezoidal rule, Simpson‘s 1/3 rule. (4+4)

ORDINARY DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS: Taylor-series method, Euler method, Heun‘s method, 4th order Runge-Kutta method, multi step method - Adam Bashforth method. (6+6)

PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS: Finite difference: Elliptic equations - Laplace equation, Poisson equation – Liebmann method, parabolic equations – heat conduction equation – Crank Nicolson‘s method, hyperbolic equations – vibrating string. (5+6)

Total L: 30+T:30=60

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Steven C Chapra and Raymond P Canale, Numerical Methods for Engineers, McGraw Hill Education, New Delhi, 2012. 2. Curtis F Gerald and Patrick O Wheatly, Applied Numerical Analysis, Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2013.

REFERENCES: 1. Rizwan Butt, Introduction to Numerical Analysis Using MATLAB, Infinity Science Press, Hingham, 2008. 2. Richard L Burden and Douglas J Faires, Numerical Analysis, Thomas Learning, NewYork, 2005.

15H302 BASICS OF ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING 3 0 0 3

ELECTRIC CIRCUITS : Ohm‘s law, KCL, KVL, Solving simple DC Circuits - Single phase AC circuit fundamentals – Power, Power factor – solving simple AC circuits – 3 phase AC circuits – Voltage and current relation in Star and Delta Connection. (7)

DC MOTORS: Principle of Operation- types – back emf – torque equation - speed torque characteristics – losses and efficiency – speed control of DC motor – Electric Braking - Applications. (5)

AC MACHINES: 3 phase Induction Motor – construction – Principle of operation – types – torque equation - speed torque characteristics – 1 phase Induction Motor – Principle of operation- types. Synchronous Motors – construction - Principle of Operation. - Electric Braking of Induction Motor – Single phase Transformers – Construction and working principle – Types- Applications. (10)

ELECTRONIC DEVICES: Operation of PN junction diodes, VI characteristics, Zener diode, BJT- types -CB, CE, CC configurations, input and output characteristics, JFET- difference between FET and BJT- MOSFET- types, principle of operation and characteristics, Opto Electronic Devices-Introduction, types- photo conductive, photo diode, phototransistor, Light Emitting Diode - Principles and Applications. (9)

33

ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS: (Qualitative analysis only) Half wave and Full wave rectifier, Capacitive filters, Zener voltage regulator, RC- coupled amplifier, RC phase shift oscillator. Operational amplifiers, Ideal op-amp characteristics, Inverting and Non-inverting amplifier, op-amp applications - Adder- Subtractor, comparator, zero crossing detector. (9)

DIGITAL ELECTRONICS: Number systems - representation of signed numbers: 1‘s complement and 2‘s complement, logic gates, Boolean Algebra - Half adder, subtractor, Flip flops, counters and shift registers (one type ). (5)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Mehta.V.K and Rohit Mehta, ―Principles of Electrical Engineering and Electronics‖, S.Chand & Co. Limited., New Delhi, 2006.

2. Muthusubramanian.R, Salivahanan.S and Muraleedharan.K.A, ―Basic Electrical, Electronics and Computer Engineering‖, Tata McGraw Hill Publishers, 2006.

REFERENCES: 1. Pillai.S.K,‖A First Course on Electrical Drives‖, New Age International Publications Limited, 2011. 2. Murugesh Kumar.K, ―Basic Electrical Science and Technology‖, Vikas Publishing Limited, 2011. 3. Roy Choudhury and Shail Jain, ―Linear Integrated Circuits‖, New Age International Limited, 2003 4. Leach.D. P, Malvino.A.P and Goutam Saha, ―Digital Principles and Applications‖, Tata Mc Graw – Hill, 2008 .

15H303 VISUAL DRESS DESIGN 2 2 0 3 FASHION DESIGN: Fashion – definition, terminologies, motif and pattern. Fabric design – natural, stylized, geometric, historic and abstract. Garment design – structural, decorative and functional. (4 + 4)

ELEMENTS OF DESIGN: Types of elements. Space - definition, perception, visual effects of space used in clothing. Line - definition, aspects of line, reinforcing and countering effects, introducing lines in clothing. Shape and form - definition, attributes, shape and form in dress, visual effects in dress, guidelines for choosing and combining shapes and forms in dress. Colour: dimensions, physical effects, psychological effects, colour schemes. Texture: definition and concept, determinants of texture, aspects of texture and use in dress. Pattern: aspects of pattern, introducing pattern to fabric and its visual effects. Light – physical aspects, psychological effects, physical effects of light rays. (6+6)

PRINCIPLES OF DESIGN: Definition, concept and method of application - Harmony, balance, proportion, emphasis, rhythm, repetition, parallelism, sequence, alternation, gradation, transition, radiation, concentricity, contrast, proportion, scale, unity, Harmony – definition and concept, introducing harmony in apparel. Balance - definition and concept, types – symmetrical, asymmetrical and radial balance, introducing balance in garment design. Proportion – definition and concept, introducing proportion in apparel design. Emphasis - definition and concept, methods – unusual shapes, colours, textures, decoration, enough plain background. Rhythm – definition, rhythm through repetition, alternation, gradation, radiation and continuous line movement. (6+6)

FIGURE AND DESIGN ANALYSIS: Stout figure, slim figure, narrow shoulder, broad shoulders, round shoulders, large bust, flat bust, large hips, large abdomen, short waist, long waist, large neck, short neck, square or broad face, round face. (4+2)

FASHION RENDERING: Colouring techniques – mediums for colouring. Rendering of fabrics: denim, carduroy, print, chiffon, georgette, organza, tulle, silk, brocade silk, satin, velvet, wool, tweed, fleece, felt, flannel, fur, suede, leather, voile, linen, jute, crepe, lurex, quilting, lace, embroidery effects, knitted bathrobe. Accessories – bags, boots, men‘s shoes, belts, caps, neck ties, jewellery, eyewear, watches; (4+6)

DESIGN AND DEVELOPMENT: Designer boards - Mood board, fabric board, colour board, accessory board. Colouring techniques – mediums for colouring. Portfolio presentation – communication, practicalities and style of presentation (6+6)

Total L:30 + T:30 = 60

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Suzanne G Marshall, Hazel O Jackson ―Individuality in Clothing and Personal Appearance‖, Prentice Hall, New Jersey, 2000. 2. Marian L Davis, ―Visual Design and Dress‖, Prentice Hall, New Jersey, 1996.

REFERENCES: 1. Caroline Tatham and Julian Seaman, ―Fashion designing and drawing course‖, Thames and Hudson Publishers, UK, 2003. 2. Harold Carr, ―Fashion Design and Product Development‖, John Wiley and Sons Inc., NewYork,1992. 3. Angel Fernandez and Gabriel Martin Roig, ―Drawing for fashion designers‖, Anova books company ltd., UK, 2007.

34

15H304 KNITTING TECHNOLOGY I 2 2 0 3

WEFT KNITTING: Principle of knitting, comparison of weaving and knitting , woven and knitted fabrics, classification of knitting machines, yarn quality requirements for knitting. Needle loop, sinker loop, face loop, reverse loop, course, wale. (4+2)

CIRCULAR WEFT KNITTING: Knitting elements - needles - types, cam, sinker, jack, feeder, cylinder, dial, yarn storage device, takeup. Circular knitting machines: passage of material. Single jersey, rib, interlock and purl – knitting action, fabric properties. Needle timing – synchronized and delayed timing. Weft knit fabric defects – types, causes and remedies. (5+6)

FLAT & HOSIERY KNITTING: Flat knitting- knitting elements - cam carriage, cover plate, brushes, security spring, yarn carrier, passage of material, knitting action. Hosiery knitting: Terms - Hose, three quarter hose, men‘s half hose, stockings and tights. Geometry of socks. Scope of lycra and textured yarns in knitting. (5+2)

WEFT KNIT NEEDLE SELECTION: Patterning – objective, pattern techniques. Direct needle selection- swing cam, multi track cam and indirect – pattern wheel, electronic needle selection, fixed striper and engineered striper-knitting plan. (5+4)

WEFT KNIT STRUCTURES: Stitches – knit, tuck and float stitches – characteristics, representations – structural, symbolic, cam. Single jersey – Air tex, loopknit, honey comb. Double jersey structures – derby rib, swiss rib, milano rib, eight lock structure, single pique, and ottoman rib and ponte-di-roma, basket purl. Jacquard Knit Structure: Rib Jacquard - striped backing and birds-eye backing. (7+8)

WEFT KNIT PROCESS CONTROL: Spirality: factors responsible for spirality, measurement of spirality and remedies . Fabric weight (GSM) alteration-loop length; positive yarn feeding system -yarn tension; take up device. Relaxation and compacting. Production calculation. (4+8)

Total L:30 + T:30 = 60 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Anbumani N, ―Knitting – Fundamentals, Machines, Structures and Developments‖, New Age International Publishers, 2007. 2. Ajgoankar D B, ―Principles of Knitting‖, Universal Publishing Corporation, 2006.

REFERENCES: 1. Corbmann B P, ―Textiles: Fibre to Fabric‖, McGraw Hill Inc., USA, 1996. 2. Spencer, "Knitting Technology", Pergamon Bros, Oxford, 2001.

15H305 TEXTILE CHEMICAL PROCESSING TECHNOLOGY 3 0 0 3

CHEMICAL PROCESSING SEQUENCE: Sequence of processing for cotton, silk, wool, rayon, polyester, polyamide, elastomeric and cellulosic blend materials. (4)

CELLULOSIC MATERIAL PREPARATORY PROCESSES: Singeing, desizing, scouring, bleaching, mercerization, optical whitening, - types, mechanism, applications and conditions. Machineries used for pretreatments of woven and knitted cloths. Process and quality control measures involved in preparatory processes. (8)

PROTEIN AND SYNTHETIC MATERIAL PREPARATORY PROCESSES: Degumming of silk, degreasing of wool, bleaching, heat setting - types, mechanism, applications and conditions. Machinery used for pretreatments for woven and knitted cloths. Process and quality control measures involved in preparatory processes. (8)

DYEING : Introduction to theory of dyeing, properties and applications of direct, reactive, vat, azoic, sulphur, acid, mordant, metal complex, disperse, basic and natural dyes, after treatment of dyed goods, Concept of computer colour matching. Process and quality control measures in dyeing. (8)

DYEING MACHINERY: Machineries used for loose fibre dyeing, yarn and hank dyeing, jigger, winch, padding machines, Airflow dyeing machines with aerodynamic flow system, soft flow dyeing and garment dyeing machineries. Methods and machineries used for micro denier materials. (6)

FABRIC PRINTING: Printing methods, styles of printing, printing paste constituents, printing with direct, reactive, acid, disperse dyes and pigments, after treatment of printed goods, advances in printing. Process and quality control measures in printing, Specialty printings – pigment, khadi, metallic, plastic, rubber, foam, pearl, flock, and foil printings. PRINTING MACHINERIES : Objective and working principle of roller, flat bed, rotary screen printing, transfer printing, ink jet and digital printing machines. (11)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Clark M ―Handbook of Textile and Industrial Dyeing: Principles, processes and types of dyes ―, Wood head publications, England, 2011. 2. Bhagwat R S ―Handbook of Textile Processing Machinery‖ Colour Publications, Mumbai, 1999.

35

REFERENCES: 1. Shenai V A, ―Technology of Dyeing‖, Sevak Publications, Mumbai, 1995. 2. Richard Aspland J,‘ Textile dyeing and coloration, AATCC, 1997. 3. Miles L W C, ―Textile Printing‖, SDC, England, 1994. 4. Shenai V A, ―Technology of Bleaching and Mercerizing – Vol III‖, Sevak Publications, Chennai, 1991. 5. Vaidya A A and Trivedi S S, ―Textile Auxiliaries and Finishing Chemicals‖, ATIRA, Ahmedabad, 1985. 6. Sule, A.D.,‖ Computer Colour Analysis: Textile Applications‖, Newage International, 2008 7. Chakraborty J N, ―Fundamentals and Practices in Colouration of Textiles‖, 2009

15T070 ECONOMICS FOR ENGINEERS 3 0 0 3

INTRODUCTION: Definition – Nature and Scope - Significance of Economics for Engineers. (4)

DEMAND AND SUPPLY: Demand – Types – Determinants – Law of Demand – Elasticity of Demand – Types – Significance – Supply – Determinants of Supply - Market price determination – Meaning – Methods – Consumer Survey – Trend Projections – Moving average -Case Study in Demand Forecasting. (6)

COST AND REVENUE: Concepts – Classifications – Short run and long run cost curves – Revenue – Concepts – Measurement of Profit – Break Even Analysis - Case Studies. (6)

MARKET STRUCTURE: Types of Market - Perfect Competition – Characteristics –Monopoly –Monopolistic Competition –Oligopoly and Duopoly - Price Discrimination and Product Differentiation under different markets – Price and output determination in short run and long run. (6)

MARKET FAILURE: Causes – Type of Goods – Rivalrous and Non-rivalrous goods – Excludable and Non-excludable goods – Solutions – Government Intervention. (6)

MONEY AND BANKING: Money – Functions – Quantity theory of money – Supply of Money – RBI measure of Money Supply Banking – Functions of Commercial Banks and Central Bank– Commercial Banks and Money Creation. (6)

FOREIGN EXCHANGE: Balance of Payments – Exchange rate determination – Fixed and Flexible Exchange Rates – Meaning and Methods of Exchange Control - Methods of Foreign Payments -International Institutions – IMF, IBRD, WTO – Agreements of WTO and its Impact on Indian Economy. (6)

BUSINESS CYCLE AND NATIONAL INCOME: Meaning – Phases of business cycle - Inflation – Causes – Control measures – Deflation – Stagflation - National Income – Concepts – Methods of calculating national income – Problems in calculating national income. (5)

Total L: 45

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Dewett. K.K., & Navalur M. H., ―Modern Economic Theory‖, S. Chand and Company Ltd, New Delhi, 2014. 2. Lipsey & Chrystal, ―Economics‖, Oxford University Press, 2010.

REFERENCES: 1. Paul A Samuelson & William, ―Economics‖, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2012. 2. Francis Cherinullem, ―International Economics‖, McGraw Hill Education, 2011. 3. William A McEachern and Simrit Kaur, ―Micro ECON‖, Cengage Learning, 2013. 4. William A McEachern and Indira A., ―Macro ECON‖, Cengage Learning, 2014.

15H310 FABRIC ANALYSIS LABORATORY 0 0 4 2 I. To analyse the following particulars of woven fabrics . Woven structural analysis: Design, draft, pegplan and denting plan . Warp particulars : Warp thread density, yarn count, crimp percentage, cover factor . Weft particulars : Weft thread density, yarn count, crimp percentage, cover factor . Fabric Particulars : Total cover factor, weight and thickness of fabric. . Loom requirements : Heald count and reed count

1. Understanding the various commercially available fabrics by visual examination with their applications and commercial names. 2. Plain weave 3. Twill weave

36

4. Demonstration – production of plain and twill fabrics 5. Satin/ Sateen weave 6. Honey comb fabric 7. Demonstration – production of Satin and Honey comb fabrics 8. Extra thread figuring fabric 9. Corduroy 10. Jacquard fabric II. To analyse the following particulars of knitted fabrics . Knitted structural analysis: Symbolic representations – Needle and Graph paper. Thread diagram . Fabric Particulars : Course per unit length, Wales per unit length, stitch density, yarn count, loop length, tightness factor, GSM. 1. Single Jersey 2. Rib and its derivatives 3. Interlock and its derivatives 4. Demonstration of double jersey fabrics 5. Pique. Total P: 60

REFERENCE:

1. Laboratory Manual prepared by Department of Fashion Technology, 2015.

15H311 KNITTING LABORATORY 0 0 2 1 1. Study the passage of material through the weft knitting machine. 2. Study of driving mechanism of circular knitting machine. 3. Study the mechanism of yarn storage device. 4. Study of take-up mechanism in single jersey knitting machine. 5. Study of working mechanism of single jersey circular knitting machine and fabric development. 6. Study of working mechanism of double jersey circular knitting machine and fabric development. 7. Study of working mechanism of flat knitting machine and fabric development. 8. Study of working mechanism of socks knitting machine and fabric development. 9. Study and practice on weft knit patterning – horizontal stripe fabric. 10. Study and practice on needle selection mechanism for weft knit designing- vertical stripe. 11. Practice on knitting machine settings to change fabric weight (GSM), loop length and tightness factor 12. Fabric defect identification and analysis.

Total P: 30

REFERENCE: 1. Laboratory Manual prepared by Department of Fashion Technology, 2015.

15H312 TEXTILE CHEMICAL PROCESSING LABORATORY 0 0 4 2 1. Acid desizing of cotton fabric and determination of starch content using iodine test. 2. Alkaline scouring of cotton fabric and determination of absorbency test. 3. Peroxide bleaching of ccotton fabric and evaluation of whiteness index. 4. Mercerization of cotton fabric and evaluation of BAN of the mercerized fabric. 5. Dyeing of cotton fabric using natural dyes. 6. Dyeing of cotton fabric using reactive dyes. 7. Dyeing of silk and wool fabric using acid dyes. 8. Dyeing of polyester fabric using carrier. 9. Dyeing of P/C blended fabric. 10. Determination of wash, light, rubbing fastness, K/S & CIELAB values for the reactive / disperse dyed fabrics. 11. Printing of cotton fabric using direct style with block, roller and screen printing methods. 12. Specialty printings –pigment, khadi, and plastic printings and their assessment on fastness properties 13. Starch finishing, water proofing and flame retardant finishes for cellulosic and its blends. 14. Demonstration of computer colour matching.

Total P: 60

REFERENCE:

1. Laboratory Manual prepared by Department of Fashion Technology, 2015

37

SEMESTER IV

15H401 PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS 2 2 0 3

PROBABILITY: Sample spaces and events, interpretations of probability, addition rule, conditional probability, multiplication and total probability rules, independence, Baye‘s theorem. (4+4)

RANDOM VARIABLES AND PROBABILITY DISTRIBUTIONS: Random variables - discrete random variables, probability distributions and probability mass functions, cumulative distribution functions, expectation, binomial, Poisson and geometric distributions - continuous random variables – probability distributions and probability density functions, cumulative distribution functions, expectation, uniform, normal, and exponential distributions. (6+6) JOINT PROBABILITY DISTRIBUTIONS: Two dimensional discrete and continuous random variables, marginal and conditional probability distributions, independence, covariance, correlation and linear regression. (8+6) ESTIMATION AND HYPOTHESIS TESTING: Point estimation - statistical hypothesis, tests of statistical hypothesis, one-sided and two-sided hypothesis, confidence intervals, large and small sample tests, inference concerning means, variances and proportions - Chi-square test for goodness of fit and independence of attributes. (6+6) ANALYSIS OF VARIANCE: Introduction, assumptions of analysis of variance, completely randomized design, randomized block design. (3+4)

TIME SERIES ANALYSIS: Introduction, components of time series, the trend, seasonal variation, cyclical variation, irregular variation, forecasting. (3+4)

Total L:30+T:30=60

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Douglas C. Montgomery and George C. Runger, Applied Statistics and Probability for Engineers, Wiley India, Delhi, 2012. 2. Richard I Levin and David. S. Rubin, Statistics for Management, Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2009.

REFERENCES: 1. Richard A. Johnson, Miller & Freund‘s, Probability and Statistics for Engineers, Prentice Hall, New Delhi, 2009. 2. Jay L. Devore, Probability and Statistics for Engineering and the Sciences, Brooks/Cole, USA, 2012. 3. Ronald E. Walpole, Raymond H. Myers, Sharon L. Myers and Keying Ye, Probability & Statistics for Engineers & Scientists,

15H402 KNITTING TECHNOLOGY II 3 0 0 3

WARP KNITTING: Classification, principle and application. Comparison of warp & weft knitting. Warp knitting machineries: Tricot, raschel machines - passage of material, basic warp knitting elements. Warp patterning – swinging and shogging motion - drum and disc. (7)

WARP KNIT STRUCTURES: Lapping - over lap & under lap; closed lap & open lap – needle representation. Basic stitches- pillar, blind lap, tricot, inlay, satin and atlas stitches. Tricot structures - full tricot, locknit and loop raised fabric. Raschel structures- power nets, curtain net and laces. Thermal and crepe fabrics, applications. (10)

KNITWEAR: Classification - fully cut, stitch shaped cut, fully fashioned and integral-basic techniques. Seamless garment knitting - loop transfer, racking. Welt - types. Fashioning - narrowing; widening, fashioning frequency, fashioning action. (6)

FULLY FASHIONED APPARELS: Sweater - process sequence, slip over, pull over and cardigan – knitting procedure, production of fully fashioned blank on V-bed flat machines. (6)

ADVANCED KNITTING: Plaited fabrics-requirements, weft laying-in, 3D spacer fabrics-production principle – warp and weft knitting, CAD application. (8)

PROCESS CONTROL: Quality, run-in, rack, comfort stretch and power stretch. Warp knit Fabric defects - types, causes and remedies. Control of fully fashioned blank defects. (8)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Spencer, "Knitting Technology", Pergamon Bros, Oxford, 2001. 2. Charles Richman, ―Guide to Manufacture of Sweater, Knit Shirts and Swim Wear‖, National Knitted Outer Wear Association, New York, 1992.

38

REFERENCES: 1. Corbmann B P, ―Textiles: Fibre to Fabric‖, McGraw Hill Inc., USA, 1996. 2. Anbumani N, ―Knitting – Fundamentals, Machines, Structures and Developments‖, New Age International Publishers, 2007. 3. Terry Blackenbury,‖ Knitted Clothing Technology‖, Blackwell Science, Oxford, UK ,1996. 4. Krishna Varma T.M.and Ramaswamy S, ―A study on quality of knit wears that are being made by knitting industry‖ – SITRA Publications, India, 1990.

15H403 MECHANICS OF MACHINES 3 0 0 3

DRIVES AND BELTS: Introduction, Selection of belt drive, types of belt drives, types of belts, velocity ratio of belt drive, power transmission by a belt, ratio of driving tensions for flat belt drive, V-belt drive, Rope drive, Chain drives. (6)

GEAR TRAINS AND CAMS: Introduction, Types of gears, Simple gear train, Compound gear train, Reverted gear train, Epicyclic gear train, Compound epicyclic gear train, CAMS – Introduction, Methods of driving cams,Cam followers, Types of cams, Types of followers, Limits imposed on the shape of the cam working surface by the choice of follower type, The cam profile for a given motion of the follower, The motion of the follower for a given cam profile. (9)

MECHANICS OF LOCK STITCH MACHINES: Sewing Needles: classifications, size, selection and their application, Importance of needle selection procedure. Introduction to sewing machines. Classification of Sewing machine. Single needle lock stitch machine – parts and functions, Mechanics of lockstitch machine –,Working mechanism and gearing of single needle lock stitch machine. Mechanism of lock stitch formation – Timing and setting for bobbin hook set gear and needle bar cam. Timing diagram – bobbin and needle movement in stitch formation cycle . (8)

DOUBLE NEEDLE LOCK STITCH MACHINE: Parts and function, mechanics involved in double needle lock stitch machine, Working mechanism and gearing of double needle machine, Important mechanical setting points for stitch formation. (4)

MECHANICS OF CHAIN STITCH MACHINES: Introduction to chain stitch machine, Edge covering stitch and multithread chain stitch machines. Edge covering sewing machine – Special parts and function. Working mechanism and gearing, Important setting points, Needle to looper settings, timing and setting for looper set gear and needle bar cam. Timing diagram – looper and needle movement in stitch formation cycle. Multi thread chain stitch machine – parts and functions, gearing mechanism and working principle, Critical setting points – Needle to looper and spreader, stitch formation mechanism and timing diagram for stitch formation. (10)

SEWING MACHINE FEED MECHANISMS: Elements of feed mechanism, classification of feed mechanism – manual feed or free motion or freehand or darning feed, drop feed, differential feed, needle feed, compound feed, unison feed, puller feed, cup feed, wheel feed, clamp feed. Machine speed and rate of feed, stitch size regulation. (8)

Total L:45

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Ganapathy Nagarajan, ―Textile mechanisms in spinning and weaving machines‖ Woodhead Publishing India Pvt Ltd, Delhi 2015. 2. Rathinamoorthy R, Surjit R, ―Apparel Machinery and Equipments‖, Woodhead Publishing India Pvt Ltd, Delhi 2015.

REFERENCES: 1. Harold Carr and Barbara Lathon, ―The Technology of Clothing Manufacture‖, Blackwell Sciences, UK, 1996. 2. N.Gokerneshan, B.Varadarajan, C.B Senthilkumar, ―Mechanics and calculations of Textile machinery‖ Woodhead Publishing India Pvt Ltd, Delhi 2013.

15H404 GARMENT COMPONENT CONSTRUCTION AND ASSEMBLY 3 0 0 3

GARMENT CONSTRUCTION TOOLS: Tools required for garment construction, Sewing needles- Needle parts, types, sizes and designation, selection and their application; sewing threads – types, quality specifications, selection and thread consumption. Stitches and seams: Classification, designation, characteristics and application, stitching models. (8)

FULLNESS AND YOKES: Methods of introducing fullness in garments - gathers, pleats, flares, flounces, tucks and darts. yokes – selection criteria, types, construction and application of yokes. (6)

NECKLINES AND COLLARS: Necklines – factors to be considered, types. Facing – decorative, fitted, bias ; Binding – bias , french, construction and application. Collars - factors to be considered in designing collars, construction and application of flat collars, standing collar and roll collar. (7)

39

PLACKETS AND POCKETS: Plackets – types and construction of continuous bound, two piece, zipper and tailors placket, standards, factors to be considered and application of plackets. Pockets - selection of pocket design, standards and factors to be considered, classification, construction, application and suitability of pockets - patch-pocket, bound pocket, welt pocket, in seam pocket and front hip. (7)

SLEEVES AND HEMS: Sleeves – classification, selection criteria, construction of set in sleeves, sleeves with bodice style and sleeveless styles, application. Cuffs –types, selection factors, construction and application. Hem – types, selection factors, construction and application of hem. (7)

COMPONENT ASSEMBLING AND FITTING: Construction of garment components and assembling for shirt, pant, skirt, coat and jacket, round neck and polo T shirt. Garment fitting and analysis- Fitting problem on length, back, shoulder, sleeves, neckline, bust and upper body. Fitting problems in blouse, pants and skirts (10) Total L:45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Marie Clayton, ―Ultimate Sewing Bible – A Complete Reference with Step-by-Step Techniques‖, Collins & Brown, London, 2008. 2. Laing R M and Webster J, ―Stitches and Seams‖, Textile Progress, The Textile Institute, Manchester,1998.

REFERENCES: 1. Harold Carr and Barbara Lathon, ―The Technology of Clothing Manufacture‖, Blackwell Sciences, UK, 1996. 2. Ukponmwan J O, Chatterjee K N and Mukhopadhyay A, ―Sewing Threads‖, Textile Progress Vol. 30, The Textile Institute, Manchester, 2001. 3. Connie Amaden Crawford, ―A Guide to Fashion Sewing‖, Fairchild Publications, New York, 1999. 4. Sandra Betzina, ―Fast fit – Easy pattern alterations for every figure‖ The Taunton Press, Newtown, USA, 2001

15H405 PATTERN ENGINEERING 2 2 0 3

HUMAN ANTHROPOMETRICS AND SIZING SYSTEMS: Garment manufacturing process flow chart, Measurements and its importance, land mark terms, sequence of taking body measurements – vertical measurements and horizontal measurements. Sizing system: size categories in men‘s wear, women‘s wear and children‘s wear, international sizing, ASTM standard size chart. Proportion and disproportion of human figure, (5+4)

PATTERN MAKING: Pattern making tools, pattern making terms, basic blocks, pattern details, dart, notches, grain line, drill hole marks, ease allowance, seam allowance, style lines, types of pattern, techniques of pattern making - drafting, draping and flat pattern, blending and trueing, Interpretation of design and specification sheet, tolerance, different types of patterns produced during sampling and production. (4+5)

DRAFTING: Principles of pattern drafting, Drafting patterns for basic bodice, sleeve, skirt, types of sleeves, collars, yokes, cuffs. shirt and trouser. (6+6)

SKIRTS AND PANTS: Skirts - length variation, skirt foundations, styles – pleated, tiers, godets, gored, circular, cowl, pegged, skirts with yoke, uneven hem lines, peplums, wrap skirt, cascade wrap, Pants: foundations, culottes, jean, hip hugger, jump suits, bermudas, pedal pushers, capri. (6+6)

FLAT PATTERN TECHNIQUES AND FIT: Dart manipulation methods - pivot, slash & spread and measurement method. Single and double dart series, conversion of dart into style lines, yokes, gathers and multiple darts. Pattern alterations: Fit- importance, standards, influence of clothing fit, importance of altering patterns, principles of pattern alterations, common pattern alterations in various garments, alteration of patterns for irregular figures. (5+4)

PATTERN GRADING: 3D body scanning, principles, operations and advantages of body scanning technologies. Principles of pattern grading, types – draft grading and track grading, two dimensional and three dimensional grading, grading of bodice, sleeve, skirt, trouser, and collar, computerized pattern grading. Types of layouts, laying patterns on different types of fabric, marker planning for different types of garments. (4+5)

Total L:30+T:30=60 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Helen Joseph and Armstrong, ―Pattern Making for Fashion Designing‖, Prentice Hall, Newyork, 2004. 2. Le Pechoux B and Ghosh T K , ― Apparel Sizing and Fit‖, Textile Progress, Volume 32, The Textile Institute, Manchester, 2002.

REFERENCES: 1. Ashdow S P ―Sizing in clothing – Developing effective sizing systems for ready to wear clothing‖, CRC press, Textile Institute & Wood Head publishers, England, 2007. 2. Connie Amaden Crawford, ―The Art of Fashion Draping‖, Fairchild Publications, New York, 2005. 3. Harold Carr and Barbara Lathom, ―The Technology of Clothing Manufacture‖, Blackwell Sciences, Oxford, 1996. 4. Patrick Taylor T and Marti Shoben M, ―Grading for the Fashion Industry‖, Stanley Thomas (Publishers) Ltd., USA,, 1990. 5. Alison Beazley and Terry Bond, ―Computer aided Pattern design and product development‖, Blackwell Publishers, UK, 2004

40

15H410 FASHION DESIGNING LABORATORY 0 0 2 1 1. Study on human anatomy and skeletal features 2. Illustration of lines, strokes and gradation techniques 3. Illustration of one, two and three dimensional perspective shading 4. Developing a stick figure into block and flesh figures using 8 head theory 5. Illustrating men, women and kids figure in front, back, side and 3/4th view 6. Practice on colouring mediums and techniques used for fashion designing 7. Study on drapes and practice on rendering of woven, knits and Non-woven 8. Illustration and rendering of different styles of collar, cuff and sleeve 9. Illustration and rendering of different styles of yoke, neckline and pocket 10. Illustration and rendering of different flat sketches of kid‘s garment 11. Illustration and rendering of different flat sketches of women‘s garment 12. Illustration and rendering of different flat sketches of men‘s garment 13. Illustration and rendering of different accessories – glares, belts, bags, jewellery and footwear 14. Rendering clothing composition on figure with various garment details 15. Developing a portfolio and designing a garment for the identified inspiration Total P: 30

REFERENCE:

1. Laboratory Manual prepared by Department of Fashion Technology, 2015

15H411 APPAREL PRODUCTION LABORATORY I

0 0 4 2 1. Practice on sewing machine, adjustments and threading 2. Construction of seams and seam finishes & calculation of number of stitches per inch, needle thread factor, bobbin thread factor and sewing thread consumption 3. Construction of fullness – darts, tucks, pleats, godets, ruffles, gathers and development of a basic bodice using the suitable fullness 4. Construction of plackets with fasteners such as zippers, hooks and eyes, hook and loop fasteners 5. Construction of set-in-sleeves with suitable hem finishes. 6. Construction of sleeves combined with bodice with suitable hem finishes. 7. Construction of yokes – partial yoke, midriff yoke, yoke with fullness 8. Construction of necklines – binding and facing 9. Construction of collars – peter pan collar, shirt collar, shawl collar, chinese collar, cowl necklines 10. Construction of pockets – patch pocket, set-in pocket, pocket set into a seam 11. Assembling of kids frock using above components and calculation of fabric consumption and sewing thread consumption 12. Assembling of romper using above components and calculation of fabric consumption and sewing thread consumption Total P: 60

REFERENCE:

1. Laboratory Manual prepared by Department of Fashion Technology, 2015

15H412 APPAREL MACHINERY LABORATORY 0 0 4 2 1. Threading of various lock stitch sewing machine – SNLS, DNLS 2. Threading of various chain stitch sewing machine - Overlock, Flatlock 3. Cutting machine – parts, functions and working of straight knife cutting machine. 4. Parts and functions , sewing mechanisams, timings, settings and driving mechanism of a. Single Needle lock stitch Machine b. Double needle lock stitch machine c. Overlock machine d. Flat lock Machine e. Button hole Machine f. Button attaching Machine g. Zigzag machine h. Computerized Embroidery machine 5. Sewing machine attachments – Binder, folder, guides and pressure foot attachments. 6. Trouble shooting – sewing machine problems and remedies Total P: 60

REFERENCE: 1. Laboratory Manual prepared by Department of Fashion Technology, 2015

41

SEMESTER V

15H501 TEXTILE AND APPAREL QUALITY EVALUATION 2 2 0 3

SAMPLING: Apparel testing objectives, Sampling – types, importance and sampling techniques for fibre, yarn and fabric. Moisture measurement – importance, Wet and dry bulb hygrometer, Sling hygrometer. Standard atmospheric conditions for apparel testing, selection of sample and specimen significance with relevance to real time applications. (3+2)

FABRIC QUALITY EVALUATION: Tensile strength, tear strength, bursting strength. Abrasion and pilling resistance. Flammability regulatory testing: significance, mandatory county regulations, Protocol of vertical flammability, 45º flammability and cigarette flammability testing, Material compliance for apparel, upholstery and carpets, requirements of adult and children‘s sleepwear. (6+6)

APPAREL PERFORMANCE TESTING: Apparel Dimensional Stability (Shrinkage) testing, spirality. Print and sequins durability evaluation, garment appearance retention, Colour fastness to Washing, light, rubbing, sublimation. Seam Strength and seam slippage. Care Labeling: Standards for care label instructions – American, European, Canadian and Australia care labeling. Verification of care label, interpretation of care label, fibre composition analysis, Interpretation of test reports. (8+7)

GARMENT SAFETY: Sharp point, Sharp edge, Torque test, Draw string regulation, Neck Fitness test, Small parts testing. Consumer product safety regulatory. Accessory Testing - Zipper endurance, Button impact testing, Snap pull strength testing. Comfort and handle evaluation: Air permeability, water permeability, drapability, stiffness, crease recovery testing method. Analysis of sewability. (6+6) (8) FABRIC AND IN-PROCESS INSPECTION: Inspection and its importance - functions of inspection. Fabric Inspection – 4 point and 10 point system. Different types of defects in fabrics. Quality parameters and their control in pattern making, cutting and sewing. Root cause analysis for defects. Quality control of trims and accessories, instrumental shade sorting. (3+4)

APPAREL QUALITY INSPECTION: Acceptable quality level (AQL) – sampling plan, level of inspection, Acceptance criteria. Arbitrary sampling. Categorization of major and minor defects, labeling, measurement tolerances and standard for finished garment. Seven tools of quality control – Pareto analysis. (4+5)

TotalL:30+T:30=60 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Saville,B.P. ―Physical Testing of Textiles‖, Woodhead Publishing Ltd., England,2004. 2. Pradip V Mehta, ―An Introduction to Quality Control for Apparel Industry‖ – ASQC Quality Press, India,1998.

REFERENCES: 1. Subrata Das, ―Quality Characterisation of Apparel" Woodhead Publishing Ltd., England,2012. 2. Billie J.Collier and Helen H.Epps, ‖Textile Testing and Analysis‖, Prentice Hall Publishers, India, 1998. 3. Kothari V.K., ―Testing and Quality Management‖, Vol.1, IAFL Publications, New Delhi, 1999. 4. Booth J.E, ―Textile Testing‖, Butterworth Heinemann Ltd., U.K, 1996.

15H502 TEXTILE FINISHING AND GARMENT CARE 3 0 0 3

FINISHING: Objectives, types, selection of chemicals with reference to type of fabrics, process conditions and types of fibres. (6)

FUNCTIONAL FINISHING: Chemical finishing methods: Application & assessment of water repellent/proof, flame retardant, heat resistant, mildew proof, moth proof, anti-static, soil release, UV protection, anti microbial, odor control, fragrance and elastomeric finishes(without compaction), resin finishing: durable press, wash-n-wear, wrinkle free, silicone finishing. (8)

MECHANICAL FINISHING: Peach finish, raising, calendaring: swissing, embossing, schreinering, friction calendaring & moiré effect. (7)

UNCONVENTIONAL FINISHING: Plasma treatment, finishing using micro capsules, nano and electro chemical treatment of textile materials. (8)

DENIM FINISHING: Process conditions, machineries, chemicals used for various special effects- pumice stones, acid and enzyme wash, biopolishing & biostoning, sand blasting, ozone and laser fading. (7)

GARMENT CARE: Types and characteristics of stains, Identification of stains, selection of stain removers, methods of stain removal, methods of washing, industrial washing machineries, application of soaps, detergents, bleaches, optical whiteners, stiffeners, softeners, dry cleaning agents for different fabrics. Laundering procedures and care instructions adopted for cellulosic, protein and synthetic materials, storage of household linen and apparel laundries, care labeling (9)

Total L: 45

42

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Wolfgang D. Schindler, Peter J. Hauser, ―Chemical Finishing of Textiles‖, Woodhead Publishing, UK, 2004. 2. Shishoo R, ―Plasma Technologies for Textiles‖, Woodhead Publishing, UK, 2007.

REFERENCES: 1. Whittall N S, "Laundering and Dry Cleaning", vol.8, Textile Progress, Manchester, 1996. 2. Heywood D, ―Textile Finishing‖, Woodhead Publishing, UK, 2003. 3. Hall A J, ―Textile Finishing‖, Elsevier Publishing Co. Ltd, USA, 1986. 4. Shenai V A, ―Technology of Textile Finishing‖, Sevak Publications, Mumbai, 1995.

15H503 APPAREL MACHINERY AND EQUIPMENTS 3 0 0 3

SPREADING MACHINES: Requirements of fabric spreading, Spreading methods, classification of spreading machines. Automatic spreading machines – Components and functions, working mechanism, Important setting and their requirements. Marker planning Process– requirements, Marker efficiency, Marker development and copying process. (6)

CUTTING MACHINES. Cutting Process – requirements, Methods of cutting, Classification of cutting machines. Mechanics and working mechanism of portable machines: straight knife, round knife, rotary shears. Mechanics and mechanism of stationary cutters: band knife, die cutting, computer controlled cutting machine, laser cutting, plasma cutting, water jet cutting and ultrasonic cutting, end cutter, stripe cutter, rag cutter. Notches and drills – requirements, types. Working mechanism of notcher and drills and thread markers (8)

ADVANCED SEWING MACHINES: Introduction to advanced machines, Button hole, Button attaching and Bar tack machine - parts, functions, working principle, critical setting points, stitch formation mechanism. Embroidery machine – parts and functions, working mechanism, critical setting points - pressure foot setting, needle bar replacement, hook setting, zero degree settings and others. (8)

SEWING MACHINE ATTACHMENTS AND MAINTENANCE: Classification of sewing attachments, guide attachments – positioning attachments – different types of folder, binder and hemmers. Shirring and ruffling attachments, tucking attachments, preparation and finishing attachments – pinking, pressing, thread cutting attachments. Presser foot – types – working methods and applications. Sewing machine maintenance- Classification of maintenance, Preventive maintenance and General maintenance procedure – bobbin hook assembly, needle, belt condition, oiling procedures, other systems, Common sewing machine problems and solutions. Sewing machine lubrication system. (9)

FUSING AND FINISHING MACHINES: Pressing machines – functions, pressing process, types of pressing machines – iron, buck/ steam press, carousel press, trouser pressing, double legger machine, steam air finisher, steam tunnel. Fusing equipments – requirements of fusing, resins used, methods of application, types of fusing equipments, quality control in fusing. (8)

PACKING MACHINERIES: Packaging - function, types, packing materials, merchandising packages, shipment packages, packing machines and equipments - garment folding equipment, garment stacking machine, garment loading/bagging equipment, garment transport conveyor, garment tagging machine, carton/container strapping machine, vacuum packing. (6)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Solinger Jacob, ―Apparel Manufacturing Analysis‖, Columbia Boblin Media, USA, 1988. 2. Rathinamoorthy R, Surjit R, ―Apparel Machinery and Equipments‖, Woodhead Publishing India Pvt Ltd, Delhi 2015.

REFERENCES: 1. Harold Carr and Barbara Lathon, ―The Technology of Clothing Manufacture‖, Blackwell Sciences, UK, 1996. 2. Wendy Gardiner, ―Sewing Basics‖, Sally Milner Publishing, 2003. 3. Fredrerick H Abernathy, John T Dunlop‖ A Stitch in Time – Apparel Industry‖, Blackwell sciences, 1999. 4. Claire Shaeffer. ―Sewing for the Apparel Industry‖, Pearson publication, 2000.

15H504 APPAREL MARKETING AND MERCHANDISING 3 0 0 3

MARKETING: Marketing concepts, marketing management, strategic marketing process, competitive marketing strategy – market leader, challenger, follower and nicher. (7) SEGMENTATION & BUYING BEHAVIOUR: Market segmentation, segmentation variables, target marketing. Factors influencing buying behavior, buying process. (5)

MARKETING RESEARCH AND MEASUREMENT: Segmentation and target marketing. Market Research - purpose, procedure and applications. Market potential – estimation. Market demand – methods of forecasting demand. Factors affecting consumer buying behaviour. Buying Process (9)

MARKETING MIX: Product- hierarchy, line and branding decisions, price - pricing decisions and procedures, promotion – advertising : media selection, measuring effectiveness, sales promotion and distribution - marketing channel, functions, various marketing systems. (10)

43

PRODUCT LIFE CYCLE & NEW PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT: Life cycle of product – introduction, growth, maturity and decline. Marketing strategy for various stages of life cycle. Stages of new product development. (4)

MERCHANDISING : Activity cycle of apparel export merchandiser, Terminologies related to merchandising, Interpretation of tech pack for different styles. Determination of size ratio, yarn and fabric requirements, sewing thread consumption and preparing bill of material for the order, product costing. Preparation of production file, 3600 Quality checks for garment. Packing assortment details. Documentation in merchandising. (10)

CASE STUDIES : Apparel Analysis - Fabric identification, operation breakdown, processes involved in particular style of garment. (5)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Philip Kotler, Kevin Lane Keller, Abraham Koshy, and Mithileshwar Jha , ―Marketing Management A South Asian Perspective‖, Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2006. 2. Warren. J. Keegan and Mark.C.Green , ―Global Marketing‖, Pearson Prentice Hall, New Delhi, 2005. 3. Grace I. Kunz , Ruth E. Glock, ―Apparel Manufacturing: Sewn Product Analysis‖, 4th Edition. Prentice Hall, 2004.

REFERENCES: 1. ―The Textile Industry: Winning strategies for the New Millennium‖, Volume II, Textile Institute., Manchester, 1999. 2. Evelyn C Moore, ―Math for Merchandising‖, Wiley Eastern Inc., New Delhi, 1999.

15H505 INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING 2 2 0 3

INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING: Definition, scope, techniques, roles and functions of industrial engineer in apparel industry. Productivity - Definition, measurement methods, causes for low productivity in apparel industry, suggestions for productivity improvement: Industrial engineering and lean manufacturing techniques. Work study- Definition, techniques, procedure. Basic work content and added work content, reduction of work content and ineffective time. Work study and productivity. (6+4)

METHOD STUDY: Definition, procedure, process chart and symbols. Charts indicating process sequence- outline process chart, flow process charts (man type, material and equipment type); charts using time scale –multiple activity chart; Diagrams indicating movement – flow diagram, string diagram, cycle graph, chrono cycle graph, travel chart. Examples from apparel industry. (6+8)

MOTION STUDY: Operation analysis, motion analysis, motion economy, two handed process chart, micro motion analysis – SIMO Chart. Examples from apparel Industry. (4+4)

WORK MEASUREMENT: Definition, procedure, techniques - time study: equipments, forms, procedure, rating, allowances and standard time. Predetermined motion time standards (PMTS), Work sampling, Standard data- General Sewing Data (GSD). Examples from apparel industry. Standard allowed minute (SAM) range for various styles of garments .Applications. (8+8)

WORK ENVIRONMENT & SERVICES: Work Environment: Lighting, ventilation, climatic condition – temperature control, humidity control, noise control, safety and ergonomics. Services- physical plant, production, personnel, administration, convenience related. (2+2) PLANT LAYOUT & MATERIAL HANDLING: Layout: Objectives, Layout planning and development, types of layout – fixed, process, product, group and combination. Layout for apparel industry. Material Handling: Objectives, classifications of material handling equipments, descriptions and characteristics of material handling equipments, specialized material handling equipments related to apparel industry. (4+4)

TotalL:30+T:30=60

TEXT BOOKS: 1. George Kanawaty, ILO, ―Introduction to Work study‖, Universal Publishing Corporation, Mumbai, 2005. 2. Kiell B.Zandin, Maynard‘s ―Industrial Engineering Hand Book‖, Mc Graw Hill, Inc. New York, 2001.

REFERENCES: 1. Chuter A J ―Introduction to Clothing Production Management‖, Blackwell Publishing, Oxford, UK, 2007. 2. Colovic.G. ―Management of technology systems in garment industry‖ Woodhead publishing India Pvt Ltd, New Delhi, 2010. 3. Rajesh Bheda, ―Managing Productivity of Apparel industry‖ CBI publishers and Distributors, New Delhi 2002. 4. Ramesh Babu V, ―Industrial engineering in apparel production‖, Woodhead publishing India Pvt Ltd, New Delhi 2011.

44

15H510 COMPUTER AIDED DESIGNING LABORATORY I

0 0 4 2

1. Introduction about computer aided designing soft wares and development of artworks. 2. Scanning of motifs from different sources and editing for design development. 3. Development of print designs with technical specification for screen development. 4. Simulation of striped and checked designs based on colour and weave combinations 5. Development of dobby designs based on weave combinations and simulation of fabric 6. Development of jacquard designs based on compound colour and weave combination and simulation of fabric for silk sarees 7. Development of ogee and sateen based all over motif designs for home textiles. 8. Texture mapping using vector templates for garments and home textiles. 9. Designing croquis and body forms based on the head theories for men, women and kids. 10. Designing of necklines, collars, cuffs and pockets with technical details. 11. Designing of accessories for men, women and kids. 12. Tracing of fashion poses and draping of garments for men, women and kids 13. Development of flat garments for men, women and kids. 14. Colour ways representation of flat garments for men, women and kids 15. Development of technical specification sheet. Total P: 60

REFERENCE: 1. Laboratory Manual prepared by the Department of Fashion Technology, 2015.

15H511 APPAREL PRODUCTION LABORATORY II 0 0 4 2 The student has to draft the pattern, grading and construct the following garments. The student has to analyse fitting assessment and solve the fitting problems with pattern adjustment.

1. Ladies skirt and top 2. Kameez and salwar 3. Saree blouse 4. Round neck T- Shirt 5. Woven full sleeve shirt 6. Woven trouser 7. Blazer Total P: 60

REFERENCE: 1. Laboratory Manual prepared by the Department of Fashion Technology, 2015.

15H512 TEXTILE AND APPAREL QUALITY EVALUATION LABORATORY 0 0 4 2 The student has to evaluate the following apparel quality assessments as per International standards and determine the norms for commercial acceptance.

1. Determination and analysis of fabric tensile characteristics. 2. Determination of apparel seam strength and seam slippage. 3. Determination of stretch and recovery of knits and stretch denim. 4. Determination of fabric bursting strength and tearing strength. 5. Determination of flammability for children‘s and sleep wear 6. Determination of fabric drape co-efficient 7. Determination of fabric abrasion resistance 8. Determination of fabric pilling resistance 9. Determination of thickness, stiffness and crease recovery 10. Determination of apparel dimensional stability.

45

11. Determination of button impact, button and snap pull strength 12. Determination of zipper endurance 13. Determination of color fastness to washing 14. Determination of color fastness properties - perspiration fastness 15. Determination of color fastness properties - sublimation fastness 16. Analyse and validate garment safety test – sharp edge test & small part testing. Total P: 60

REFERENCE: 1. Laboratory Manual prepared by Department of Fashion Technology, 2015

SEMESTER VI

15H601 APPAREL COSTING 2 2 0 3

COST ACCOUNTING: Elements of cost – Material, labour and expenses, direct and indirect costs. Classification of cost – Fixed and variable. Determination of factory cost, administration cost, sales cost and manufacturing cost. Methods of costing, Techniques in costing - absorption and marginal costing. (6+5)

MATERIAL COST: Estimation of yarn consumption for knitted and woven fabric, yarn and fabric cost. Determination of gram per square meter (GSM) - knitted and woven fabric. Estimation of fabric consumption and cost per garment - woven and knitted. Sewing thread consumption and cost – stitch types, consumption ratios, cost per garment. Accessories and trims cost per garment. (5+5)

PROCESS COST: Estimation of weaving and knitting cost – cost calculations per pick, square meter, kilogram, garment. Preparatory and dyeing cost – influencing factors, labour, material and overhead cost. Processing cost per meter (woven), kilogram (knitted) and for order quantity. Printing and finishing cost - influencing factors, labour, material and overhead cost cost, estimation per garment and order quantity. Overall fabric cost calculations. (5+5)

GARMENT COST: Cutting cost – influencing factors – number of components, bundle size. Estimation of labour, material and overhead cost, cost per garment. Sewing cost – labour, material and overhead cost, cost per garment, trimming and checking cost, packing cost – machinery rental cost, labour, material and overhead cost, cost per garment. cut make trim (CMT), cut make and pack (CMP) costs. Developing cost sheet for different styles. (5+6)

SHIPMENT COST: Shipment process sequence and procedures, influencing factors. International commercial (INCO) terms - FOB, EXW, CFR, CIF, CF, FAS, CPT. Importance of INCO terms with shipment and forwarding cost, shipment and forwarding cost estimation – fright charge, ICD charges, container charges and total shipping and forwarding cost. Total cost estimation for an order – different garment styles. (5+5)

COST ANALYSIS: Break even analysis – breakeven point calculation and chart. Cost ratio, cost volume profit analysis. Budgeting – principles, types and limitations. Performance and zero base budgeting. Variance analysis. Preparation of cost sheet. (4+4)

Total L:30 +T 30 = 60

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Solinger Jacob, ―Apparel Manufacturing Analysis‖, Columbia Boblin Media, USA, 1988. 2. Jawahar Lal, ―Cost accounting‖, Tata McGrawhill publishers, New delhi, 2008

REFERENCES: 1. M.Krishnakumar, ―Apparel costing‖ Abishek Publications, India, 2008. 2. Michael Jeffrey, Nathalie Evans, ― Costing for the Fashion Industry‖, Berg publisher, NY, 2011

12H602 APPAREL PRODUCTION PLANNING AND CONTROL 2 2 0 3

PRODUCTION PLANNING & CONTROL: Definition, objectives and functions of production planning and control department in an apparel industry, importance of SAM value on Production planning, Overview of preproduction functions , Purpose and procedure of conducting pre production meeting – sampling stages in apparel manufacture, steps from prototype to production model, apparel analysis , determination of order quantity for a style. (4+4)

CUT ROOM PLANNING: Cut order Planning - types of spreads, spreading methods, fabric utilization in cut room Calculation of size wise cut quantity from size ratio, economic cut quantities. Control measures in cutting department. (3+4)

PRODUCTION SYSTEMS AND PLANNING: Production systems-whole garment production system, progressive bundle system, unit production system, multiple flow system, modular system. Guidelines for choosing suitable production system. Garment breakdown with machine & attachment details - Flow process grid construction, flow process grids for sewing line lay out planning. Control measures in production department. (6+6)

46

PLANT LOADING AND CAPACITY PLANNING: Determination of machinery requirements for a new factory, calculation of labour requirements, Line balancing techniques – balance control. Establishing factory capacity, planning for multi style production – preparation of planning board. Subcontracting – reasons. (6+6)

PRODUCTION SCHEDULING: Principles of scheduling, scheduling charts, GANTT chart, backlog graph for WIP control, scheduling control techniques. Network representations - CPM and PERT. Preparation of Time and Action Calendar for Production planning. (7+6)

MATERIALS MANAGEMENT: Manufacturing Resources Planning (MRP), just in time production system (JIT), Optimised production technology (OPT), Economics order Quantity (EOQ), inventory control, various Inventory modeling – production planning software for garment manufacture. Case studies related to apparel industry. (4+4)

Total L: 30+T: 30=60

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Rajesh Bheda, ―Managing Productivity of Apparel industry‖ CBI publishers and distributors, New Delhi 2002. 2. David J Tyler, ―Materials Management in Clothing Production‖, Prentice Hall, New Jersey, 1991.

REFERENCES: 1. Chuter AJ, ―Introduction to clothing production management‖, Blackwell Publishing, 2004. 2. Patty Brown and Janett Rice, ―Ready To Wear Apparel Analysis‖, Prentice Hall, 1998. 3. Glock R E and Kunz G I, ―Apparel Manufacturing - Sewn Product Analysis‖, Prentice Hall, second edition, 1995 4. Solinger Jacob, ―Apparel Manufacturing Handbook-Analysis, Principles and Practice‖, Columbia Boblin Media Corp., 1988.

15H603 ERGONOMICS IN CLOTHING INDUSTRY 3 0 0 3

ERGONOMICS: Definition, history, standards, categories, types, micro-ergonomics and macro - ergonomics. (6)

ERGONOMIC CONDITIONS OF WORK: Physiological conditions, psycho-sociological conditions, anthropometric conditions, ecological conditions. (6)

ERGONOMIC PRINCIPLES: Ergonomic principles in designing workplace, determining working time, handling material and tools and designing environment. (6)

WORKPLACE DESIGN: Definition, human technological system, multidisciplinary engineering approach, human–machine system, manual, mechanical, automated system, human system reliability, conceptual design, advanced development, detailed design and development. (9)

ERGONOMICS IN WORKPLACE DESIGN: Applied anthropometry, workspace design and seating, arrangement of components within a physical space, interpersonal aspects of work place design and design of repetitive task, design of manual handling task, work capacity, stress and fatigue. (9)

ERGONOMIC DESIGN OF WORKPLACE IN GARMENT INDUSTRY: Ergonomics in the storage of textile materials, Ergonomics workplaces in garment manufacture preparation , Ergonomics in cutting room , sewing room, finishing room, garment warehouse and distribution, clothing store and maintenance workplaces. (9) Total L: 45

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Gordona Colovic, ―Ergonomics in the garment industry‖, Wood head publishing India Ltd, New Delhi, 2014. 2. Bridger R S, ―Introduction to Ergonomics‖, Taylor and Francis, London, 2003.

REFERENCES: 1. Parker S, Wal T, ―Job and Work Design, Organizing Work to Promote Well-Being and Effectiveness‖, Sage Publications, California, 1998. 2. Mark S Sanders, ―Human Factors in Engineering and Design‖, McGraw Hill, New York, 1993. 3. Stefan Trzcielinski, Waldemar Karwowski ―Advances in Ergonomics in Manufacturing‖, Taylor & Francis, US, 2012. 4. Campion M.A, Medsker G J, ―Job design‖, Handbook of Industrial Engineering, John Wiley and sons Inc, Newyork, 2001.

47

15H604 COMPUTER GRAPHICS AND VIRTUAL REALITY 2 2 0 3

BASICS OF COMPUTER GRAPHICS: Display Devices - Bitmap and Vector based graphics - Overview of Coordinate system - scan Conversion of point - line using Digital differential analyzer & Bresenham‘ s algorithm - circle using midpoint approach ; Curve generation : bezier and B - spline curves. Introduction to fractals: generation procedure - classification dimension and koch Curve. (6+4) AREA FILLING, TRANSFORMATIONS AND VIEWING: Area filling: Inside/outside test - scan line polygon fill algorithm - boundary fill and flood fill algorithm. Basic geometrical 2D and 3D transformation. Viewing pipeline - view coordinate reference frame - window to viewport transformation. (8+6)

BASICS OF ANIMATION: Key frame animation - sequence - motion control methods - morphing - warping. (4+8)

VIRTUAL REALITY: Components of VR system - types of VR - position trackers - navigation - gesture interface – displays - Open GL rendering pipeline. (6+4)

VR PROGRAMMING: VRML, defining and using nodes and shapes - VRML browsers - Java 3D – visual object definition by shape 3D instances - ColorCube class - Geometric utility classes. (6+8) Total L: 30+T: 30=60 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Donald Hearn and M. Pauline Baker, ―Computer Graphics‖, Pearson Education, 2011. 2. Maurya R. K, ―Computer Graphics with Virtual Reality Systems‖, Wiley India, 2009.

REFERENCES: 1. Grigore Burdea, Philippe Coiffet, ―Virtual Reality Technology‖, Wiley, 2003. 2. Hill F.S. and Stephen M. Kelley , ―Computer Graphics using Open GL‖ Prentice Hall, 2009.

15H610 ACCESSORIES AND EMBELLISHMENTS LABORATORY 0 0 4 2 I Surface embellishment:

1. Practice on Basic hand embroidery stitches: a) Linear stitches b) Pattern stitches c) Filling stitches d) Textural stitches e) Threaded stitches 2. Indian Embroideries: a) Kantha b) Kasuti c) Kutch d) Phulkari e) Chikankari

3. Design development on fabric by embroidery machine 4. Design development on fabric by bead work, mirror work and Zardosi. 5. Appliqué & Patch work 6. Quilting – Corded & wadded 7. Preparation of Tassels, fringes and Pompom 8. Hand and machine Smocking 9. Fabric painting –Filling, Water shading and Folk art. 10. Batik printing and tie & dye

II Accessory development:

1. Jewellery making a) Bracelets, b) Chain, c) Anklets and d) Earrings

Total P: 60 REFERENCE: 1. Laboratory Manual prepared by Department of Fashion Technology, 2015.

48

15H611 COMPUTER AIDED DESIGNING LABORATORY II 0 0 4 2

1. Software and hardware for apparel CAD. 2. Drafting patterns for the following garments using apparel CAD Software with the help of specification sheet. a) Men's T-Shirt b) Men's Shirt c) Trouser d) Women‘s blouse e) Salwar Kameez f) Men‘s Blazer 3. Grading the developed patterns 4. Marker planning the graded patterns 5. Digitizing the flat pattern 6. Plotting the drafted pattern for two garments and construction. Total P: 60

REFERENCE: 1. Laboratory Manual prepared by Department of Fashion Technology, 2015.

15H612 INNOVATION PRACTICES

0 0 4 2 The innovation practices involves the following:

Theme based product development and analysis of fabric and garment samples. Preparing a project report / portfoilio and a report highlighting the specifications of the product and standards.

Comparison with commercial products.

Consolidated project report preparation.

Total P: 60

SEMESTER VII

15H701 ENVIRONMENT ENGINEERING AND SUSTAINABILITY 3 0 0 3

SUSTAINABILITY: Significance and need, factors influencing sustainability, Impact of ecology, economy and culture. Product life cycle design: Design sustainability using low impact materials, recyclable material content, energy efficient, reuse, recycling and assessment. Sustainable fibres: organic cotton, recycled polyester, alternative sustainable fibers-organic silk and wool. (6) . ENVIRONMENT FRIENDLY PROCESSING: Modern approaches to eco-friendly wet processing of woven and knitted clothing. Red listed textile chemicals, their sources and remedies. Eco-friendly dyes and method of dyeing, reduction of carbon footprints, enzymes and natural dyes. Eco-labeling, eco-audit and certification (9)

POLLUTION CONTROL: Identification and reduction of pollution sources in textile wet processing, Primary and secondary pollutants: emission standard, criteria pollutant. Sources and effect of different air pollutants. Suspended particulate matter. Depletion of ozone layer: CFC, destruction of ozone layer by CFC, impact of other green house gases, effect of ozone modification. (8) WASTE MANGAMENT: Cleaner production technologies, solid waste management. Concepts and utilization of PET waste, Recovery from yarn waste: Nylon 6, Nylon 66, Polypropylene and Acrylic. Effluent treatment: Norms, characteristics, types of effluent and methods of treatment and analysis of effluents. (7)

SUSTAINABLE APPAREL MAUFACTURE: Types of wastes in textile and apparel manufacture: material waste, human resource waste, energy waste. Scope of reuse and recycle of waste in textile and apparel manufacture. Development of organic and sustainable clothing, 3P‘s concepts in apparel manufacture. (7)

QUALITY STANDARDS AND TESTING: Oekotex 100, STeP, GOTS: certification procedures and implementation, ISO 14000 & EMS: guidelines and implementation, WRAP, OSHAS, REACH & SA 8000. Testing for banned chemicals and dyes, principle of instruments used for eco-testing. (8)

Total L: 45

49

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Tobler-Rohr M I, ―Handbook of sustainable textile production‖, Woodhead Publishing Ltd, UK, 2011. 2. Slater K., ―Environmental impact of textiles: Production Processes and Protection‖, Woodhead Publishing Ltd, UK, 2003.

REFERENCES: 1. ―Ecofriendly Textiles, Challenges to the Textile Industries‖, Textile Committee, India, 2000. 2. Chritie R., ―Environmental aspects of textile dyeing‖, Woodhead Publishing Ltd, UK, 2007. 3. Trivedi R.K., ―Handbook of Environmental laws, Acts, Guidelines, Compliances and Standards‖, Vol. 1, Enviro Media, India, 1996. 4. Blackburn R S, ‗Sustainable textiles: Life cycle and environmental impact‘, Woodhead Publishing,Ltd, UK, 2009.

15H702 APPAREL SIZE AND FIT ANALYSIS 2 2 0 3

HUMAN ANTHROPOMETRICS: Ergonomics in design of clothing, Anthropometry-,selection of anthropometric data for clothing design, errors and variability in anthropometric data, selection of anthropometric design approach, Anthropometric methods - Traditional and 3 dimensional methods, international standards, land marking, body measurement devices and techniques, Body scanning – operations, applications (4+4)

FIGURE EVALUATION: Body shape analysis, classification of body shapes, characteristic differences among figures, posture – types, figure types- vertical, horizontal, Sizing and shape requirements of children, male, female, old age, pregnant and intimate wears, clothing style selection for figure types. Overcoming unrealistic body image. (5+5)

SIZING SYSTEMS AND SIZE STANDARDISATION: Existing sizing systems- strength and weakness, sizing system development- importance, size and shape surveys, anthropometric analysis, size analysis, key or control measurements, developing and validating sizing system, statistics used in sizing system development, apparel size designation and labeling, international sizing system development, size categories in men‘s, women‘s and children‘s wear. (6+6)

METHODS OF FITTING AND EVALUATION: Fit -Definition, Importance, standards, influences of clothing fit, Methods of testing fit- fit models, fitting futures, measured methods, pinned pattern / tissue methods, trial garment, guide to fitting problems. Alternative methods for evaluating fit-using structural line, grain line, wrinkles, pinch test, inside measurement. Evaluating fit: subjective, objective, rating scales, subjective fitting guide, Objective method- moiré optics, algebraic evaluation of clothing fit, clothing waveform, pressure evaluation of clothing fit , 3D modeling of pressure fit. (6+6)

PATTERN ALTERATION: General procedure, standards, methods - seam method, pivot method, corrected slash method. Pattern alteration for bodice, sleeves, skirts and pants. Analyzing the causes for poor fit and solving fitting problems in trouser, sari blouse, skirt, ladies‘ top, sherwani , Virtual garmenting - three dimensional apparel design systems for pattern generation and garment fit. (5+5) EFFECT OF MATERIALS AND BODY MOVEMENT: Human performance in clothing system, Wearing comfort – interaction between body motion and clothing as a shell, fit and allowance for comfort and wearability, thermal aspects of fit, Effect of materials on fit and sizing, non stretch materials, stretch materials, fit assessment. (4+4)

Total L:30+T:30=60

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Deepti gupta and Norsaadah Zakaria, ―Anthropometry, sizing and design‖ Textile Institute, Wood head Publishing Limited, England, 2004. 2. FanJ, Yu W and Hunter L, ―Clothing Appearance and Fit‖, Textile Institute, Wood head Publishing Limited, England , 2004

REFERENCES: 1. Lynn Macintyre and Mary Tilton, ―Easy Guide to sewing‖, Taunton press, USA, 2009. 2. Sandra Betzina ,‖Fast Fit-Easy pattern alterations for every figure‖, The Taunton Press, Inc., Singapore, 2003 3. Ashdown S P, ―Sizing in clothing-Developing effective sizing system for ready to wear‖. Textile Institute, Wood head Publishing Limited, England , 2007. 4. Editors of Creative publishing,‖ The Perfect Fit- classic guide to alter patterns‖, Creative publishing international, USA, 2005.

15H703 CLOTHING SCIENCE 3 0 0 3

FUNDAMENDALS OF CLOTHING SCIENCE: Importance and prospects of Clothing Science, Clothing performance characteristics – comfort, durability, handle and tailorability. (5)

THERMAL COMFORT : Physics of human thermal comfort: Physical phenomena affecting thermal comfort; Heat transfer, Effect of fabric properties on heat transfer, Moisture vapor permeability, Liquid moisture permeability; absorbency, wettability, waterproof, contact angle, moisture management, Air permeability; factors influencing air permeability, thermal degradation, thermal conductivity, electrical conductivity. (10)

50

HANDLE AND TAILORABILITY: Ideal fabric concept. Fabric properties related to tailoring performance. Fabric buckling and formability. Fabric handle attributes for expressing tactile comfort - effects of fibre, yarn and fabric properties, dyeing and finishing treatments on handle and tailorability. (8)

PHYSIOLOGICAL AND FITTING COMFORT: Concepts related to physiological aspects of clothing comfort- Factors affecting garment fit and comfort; air gap thickness, garment ventilation, fluctuating microclimate in loose-fit garment, garment fit and pressure sensation, Fabric parameters affecting tactile comfort sensations, (8)

PSYCHOLOGICAL COMFORT: Introduction. Factors influencing psychological comfort. Effects of colour, surface texture, garment design, sizing and fit. (7)

DIMENSIONAL STABILITY: Introduction. Hygral expansion, relaxation shrinkage, swelling shrinkage and felting shrinkage. Shrinkage in knitted fabrics. Stretch and recovery properties of fabrics. (7)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Das A and Alagirusamy R,‖ Science in clothing comfort‖, Wood head publishing Limited, England, 2010. 2. Fan J, Yu W, and Hunter L, ―Engineering apparel fabrics and garments‖, Wood head Publishing Limited, Cambridge, 2009.

REFERENCES: 1. Fan J, Yu W, and Hunter L, Clothing appearance and fit: Science and technology, Wood head Publishing Limited, Cambridge, England, 2004. 2. Saville B.P, Physical Testing of Textiles, The Textile Institute, Wood head Publishing Ltd, Cambridge, 1999. 3. Li.Y and Wong A S W, Clothing biosensory engineering, Wood head publishing Limited, Cambridge, England, 2006. 4. Guowen song, ―Improving comfort in clothing, Wood head Publishing Limited, Cambridge, 2011.

15H710 VIRTUAL GARMENTING LABORATORY 0 0 2 1

1. Introduction to Software used for 3D simulation. 2. Creating an avatar using body measurement for Men, Women and Children. 3. 3D Simulation of T shirt. 4. 3D Simulation of Men‘s shirt and fit analysis using created avatar. 5. 3D Simulation of Trouser, fit analysis and pattern alteration using 2D modification tools. 6. 3D Simulation of Women‘s blouse with darts, fit analysis and pattern alteration using 2D modification tools. 7. 3D Simulation of Salwar Kameez with pleats, fit analysis and pattern alteration using 2D modification tools. 8. Visual effects simulation – Fabric and Texture. 9. Visual effects simulation – Seams and Derived elements. 10.Visual effects simulation – Logos, Print and Embroidery 11. Analyzing the influence of fabric low stress mechanical properties on fit of the garment Total P: 30

REFERENCE: 1. Laboratory Manual prepared by the Department of Fashion Technology, 2015.

15H711 COMPUTER AIDED METHODS ENGINEERING LABORATORY 0 0 4 2 1. Analysis of sewing operations in the construction of basic t-shirt and development of two handed process chart for existing and improved operation methods. 2. Analysis of sewing operations in the construction of basic t-shirt and development of micro motion (SIMO) chart for existing and improved operation methods. 3. Analysis of the spreading and cutting operation and the development of element sheet for the determination of the standard allowed minute value (SAM) and target production using time study technique. 4. Analysis of a sewing and packing operation and the development of element sheet for the determination of the standard allowed minute value (SAM) and target production using time study technique. 5. Engineering operation sequence for men‘s basic t-shirt and calculation of standard allowed minute (SAM) value using predetermined time standards (PMTS) with software. 6. Engineering operation sequence for men‘s polo t-shirt and calculation of standard allowed minute (SAM) value using predetermined time standards (PMTS) with software. 7. Engineering operation sequence for a men‘s shirt and calculation of standard allowed minute (SAM) value using predetermined time standards (PMTS) with software. 8. Engineering operation sequence for a women‘s wear and calculation of standard allowed minute (SAM) value using predetermined time standards (PMTS) with software.

51

9. Engineering operation sequence for a kids wear and calculation of standard allowed minute (SAM) value using predetermined time standards (PMTS) with software. 10. Preparation of operation bulletin and development of a sewing line layout for a style of garment for the given data. Total P: 60

REFERENCE: 1. Laboratory Manual prepared by the Department of Fashion Technology, 2015.

15H712 INPLANT TRAINING AND PRESENTATION

0 0 2 1 Reports are to be presented based on the observations of the students after the industry visits with their personal comments / suggestions. Total P: 30 15H720 PROJECT WORK I 0 0 4 2

 Identification of a real life problem in thrust areas  Finalisation of system requirements and specification  Proposing different solutions for the problem based on literature survey  Future trends in providing alternate solutions  Consolidated report preparation of the above

Total P: 60

SEMESTER VIII

15H820 PROJECT WORK II

0 0 16 8

1. Preparing a project - brief proposal including

 Problem Identification  A statement of system / process specifications proposed to be developed (Block Diagram / Concept tree)  List of possible solutions including alternatives and constraints  Cost benefit analysis  Time Line of activities

2. A report highlighting the design finalization [based on functional requirements & standards (if any) ]

3. A presentation including the following:

4. Implementation Phase (Hardware / Software / both) 5. Testing & Validation of the developed system 6. Learning in the Project

4. Consolidated report preparation

52

LANGUAGE ELECTIVES

15T080 COMMUNICATION SKILLS FOR ENGINEERS 3 0 0 3

COMMUNICATION CONCEPTS: Process of Communication – Inter and Intrapersonal Communication – Essentials for effectiveness (4)

FOCUS ON SOFT SKILLS: Etiquette – Work Place etiquette – Telephone etiquette- Body Language – Persuasive Communication- Public Speaking – Critical Reasoning and Conflict Management based on Case Studies – Group Communication- Meetings- Interview Techniques (14)

TECHNICAL WRITING: Technical Writing Principles - Style and Mechanics - Genres of Technical Writing – Technical definitions – Physical, Functional and Process Descriptions -– Technical Report Writing – Preparing Instructions and Manuals– Interpretation of Technical Data. (10)

BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE: Writing Emails, Preparing Resumes, Memos, Technical and Business Proposals (7)

TECHNICAL COMMUNICATION: Seminars, Process Description and Group Discussions, Use of Visual Aids (10)

Total L: 45 TEXTBOOK: 1. Monograph prepared by the Faculty, Department of English, 2015.

REFERENCES: 1. Jeff Butterfield, ―Soft Skills for Everyone‖, Cengage Learning, New Delhi, 2013. 2. Jean Naterop B. and Rod Revell, ―Telephoning in English‖, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 2011. 3. David A. Mc Murrey and Joanne Buckley, ―Handbook for Technical Writing‖, Cengage Learning, New Delhi, 2011. 4. Simon Sweeney, ―English for Business Communication‖, Cambridge University Press, New Delhi, 2012.

15T081 BASIC GERMAN 3 0 0 3

INTRODUCTION: German Culture, Tradition, Universities and Companies , Alphabets, Greetings, Countries, Nationalities and Languages. (3)

VOCABULARY: Context related to School, University, Professions, Family, Supermarket, Food and Bevearages, Entertainment, Celebrations, Weather. (4)

GRAMMAR: Noun forms – Singular, Plural; Gender Introduction, Articles, Personal Pronouns and Possessive Pronouns in Nominative , Accusative and Dativ cases. Usage of Adjectives. Time related forms - Formal & informal expressions. Usage of adverbs, daily routines, related verbs and question words. Related vocabulary and grammar. Simple dialogues and exercises. Verbs –Verb conjugation, Helping verbs , subject – verb agreement ,Regular and Irregular verbs, Modal verbs.and their related grammatical structure. (16)

GENERAL USAGE: Number system, Question words, Statements and Questions, Negation: nicht/kein. Imperatives Simple dialogues, Exercises. (5)

SYNTAX: Word order and sentence formation. Practice with mini –dialogues. (4)

COMMUNICATION SKILLS: Conversing in formal and informal situations, Dialogue writing, Letter writing, Email writing,Invitations and Telephone conversations. (7)

PRACTICALS: Listening, Speaking, Reading and Writing. (6)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOK: 1. Monograph prepared by the Faculty, Department of English, 2015.

REFERENCES: 1. Tangram Aktuell 1 (Deutsch als Fremdsprache) - Rosa-Maria Dallapiazza, Eduard von Jan, Til Schönherr - Max Hueber Verlag, 2004. 2. Grundkurs Deutsch - Roland Schäpers, Renate Luscher, Manfred Glück, 1980. 3. Lernziel Deutsch - Wolfgang Hieber - Max Hueber Verlag, 1983. 4. Hermann Funk, Christina Kuhn and Silke Demme, Studio d A1, Goyal Publishers & Distributors Pvt. Ltd., 2009.

53

15T082 BASIC FRENCH 3 0 0 3

INTRODUCTION (2)

UNITÉ-1: Faire connaissance – inviter et répondre à une invitation – décrire les personnes- articles définis et indéfinis – genre etnombre des noms et des adjectifs- interrogation et négation – conjugaison du présent. Paris monuments et lieux publics – la vie de quatre parisiens de professions différentes. (10)

UNITÉ-2: Exprimer l‘ ordre et l‘obligation demander et commander – evaluer et apprécier- féliciter et remercier – articles partitifs - adjectifs démonstratifs et possessifs prépositions et adverbes de quantité et de l‘imperatif verbes pronominaux – une région deFrance la Bourgogne – vie quotidienne à la compagne. (11)

UNITÉ-3: Raconter et rapporter – donner son avis – se plaindre et réprimander – expliquer et justifier – pronoms compléments – futur proche – passé composé et imparfait. Plusieurs régions de France – différents univers sociaux. (11)

UNITÉ-4: Demander l‘autorisation – interdire – formuler des projects – discuter et débattre. Pronoms < en > et < y > – pronoms relatifs et superlatifs – conjugaison du futur – présent continu et passé récent.La vie administrative et régionale – problems economiques et écologiques – traditions et modernité. (11)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOK: 1. Christine Andant etal., ―A propos (livre de l eleve)‖, LANGERS, New Delhi, 2012.

REFERENCES: 1. Mathurin Dondo, ―Dondo Modern French Course‖, Oxford University Press, Great Britain, 1997. 2. Margaret Lang and Isabelle Perez, ― Modern French Grammar‖, Paris, 1996.

15T083 BASIC JAPANESE 3 0 0 3

Orientation Session, Geographic & Socio, economic perspective to Japan, Japanese people and culture and Basic greetings and responses. (3)

Basic script, Method of writing hiragana and katakana, and Combination sounds and simple words. (3)

Topic marker ―wa‖, Desu / dewa arimasen cupolas, Interrogative particle ―ka‖, Grammar particles ―mo‖, ―no‖, ‗‘ Introducing some one: ―Kochira wa ~― and Self introductions: Hajimemashite‖ (3)

Demonstratives ―Kore‖, ―Sore‖, ―Are‖, Demonstrative ―Kono‖, ―Sono‖, ―Ano‖ , Possessive noun particle ―no‖ and Japanese apartments: Greeting your neighbour (2)

Place marakers ―Koko‖, ―Soko‖, ―Asoko‖, Direction markers ―Kochira‖, ―Sochira‖, ―Achira‖ and Japanese department stores: Asking for and buying something (2)

Asking for and telling the time, Paticle ―ni (at)‖ for time, kara (from) ~ made (until), Particle ―to (and)‖, Time periods: Days of the week, months, time of day, Verbs (Present / future and past tense) and Telephone enquiry: Asking for a phone no. And business hours (2)

Destination particle ―e‖, Particles ―de (mode of transportation)‖ and ―to (with) and Japanese train station: Asking for Fare and track no. / types of trains (2) Direct object particle ―o‖, Particle ―de (place of action)‖ , Verbs (―~masen ka‖, ―~mashou‖) and ―Ohanami‖ Cherry blossom viewing (2)

Particle ―de (by means of)‖ , Particle ―ni (to)‖, ,Aaemasu (give) and Moraimasu (receive) and Visiting a Japanese house (2)

Adjectives (―i‖ and ―na‖ type), Adjectives (Positive and negative useage), Particle ―ga (however, but), ―Dore which?)‖ and Leaving a room, thanking some one for hospitality (2)

Likes and dislikes, Potential verbs (wakarimasu and dekimasu), ―Kara ( ~ because)‖, Adverbs and Asking some one out over the phone (2)

Verbs denoting presence: ―Imasu‖ and ―arimasu‖, Particle ―ni (in)‖, ―Dare (who?)‖ , Adverbs (―Chikaku ni ~―), Particle ―dare mo (negative ~ no one)‖ , Dare ka (anyone), dare ga (who) , Nani ka (anything) , nani ga (what) - ~ya (and) ~ nado (etc.) and Asking for directions (2)

Counters and Counting suffixes (2)

54

Introduction to Adjectives (na and ii type), Different usages of adjectives, Comparison, Likes and dislikes and Going to a trip (2)

Need and desire (ga hoshii), Wanting to … (Tabeti desu), Going for a certain purpose (mi –ni ikimasu) and Choosing from a menu (2) Verb groups, I, II and III and Exercises to group verbs (2)

Please do (te kudasai), Present continuous tenses (te imasu), Shall I? ( ~ mashou ka) and Describing a natural phenomenon (It is raining) (2)

To grant permission (~te mo ii desu), Asking for permission ( ~ te mo ii desu ka) and Should not do ( ~ te wa ikemasen) (2)

Describing a continuing state and Describing a habitual action (2)

Roleplays in Japanese (2)

A demonstration on usage of chopsticks and Japanese tea party (2)

Total L: 45

TEXT BOOK: 1. Minna no nohongo – Romaji ban (first 10 lessons of this book), 3A Corporation, Tokyo, 2000.

REFERENCE: 1. Minna no Nihongo, Honsatsu Roma – ji ban (Main Textbook Romanized Version), International publisher , 3A Corporation, Tokyo, Indian distributor – Goyal Publishers & Distributors, New Delhi, 2007.

OPEN ELECTIVES

MATHEMATICS

15OH01 ADVANCED LINEAR ALGEBRA 3 0 0 3

VECTOR SPACES: General vector spaces, real vector spaces, Euclidean n-space, subspaces, linear independence, basis and dimension, row space, column space and null space. (8)

INNER PRODUCT SPACES: Inner products, length and angle in inner product spaces, orthonormal bases, Gram- Schmidt process, orthogonal matrices, QR decomposition, best approximation- least square. (12)

LINEAR TRANSFORMATIONS: General linear transformation - kernel and range, matrices of linear transformations, change of basis, rank and nullity. (12)

EIGENVALUES AND EIGENVECTORS: Eigenvalues and eigenvectors, diagonalization, orthogonal diagonalization, quadratic forms, application of conic sections, quadratic surfaces - discrete dynamical systems. (13)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Howard Anton and Chris Rorres, Elementary Linear Algebra John Wiley & Sons, New Delhi, 2011. 2. David C Lay , Linear Algebra and its Applications, Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2012.

REFERENCES: 1. Gareth Williams, Linear Algebra with Applications, Narosa Publishing House, New Delhi, 2009. 2. Gilbert Strang, Linear Algebra and its Applications, Cengage, New Delhi, 2012.

15OH02 ALGEBRAIC STRUCTURES 3 0 0 3 GROUPS: Groups, subgroups, permutation groups, cosets and Lagranges‘s theorem, normal subgroups and quotient groups, homomorphisms, isomorphisms, Cayley‘s theorem. (15)

CODING THEORY: Group codes, the communication model and basic notions of error correction, generation of codes by using parity checks - error recovery in group codes. (5)

55

RINGS: Rings, sub-rings, properties of rings, integral domain, ideals and quotient rings, polynomial rings. (12)

FIELDS: Fields, roots of polynomials, construction of straightedge and compass. (13)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Herstein I. N., Topics in Algebra, John Wiley & Sons, New Delhi, 2006. 2. Kenneth H Rosen, Discrete Mathematics and its Applications, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2013.

REFERENCES: 1. Michael Artin, Algebra, Prentice Hall, New Delhi, 1996. 2. Joseph A. Gallian, Contemporary Abstract algebra, Cengage learning pvt ltd, New Delhi, 2014. 3. Bernard Kolman, Robert C Busby, Sharon Cutler Ross, Discrete Mathematical Structures, Prentice Hall, New Delhi, 2006.

15OH03 CALCULUS OF VARIATIONS AND TENSOR ANALYSIS 3 0 0 3

CALCULUS OF VARIATIONS: Basic concepts, method of variations in problems with fixed boundaries - variation and its properties, Euler equation. (12)

FUNCTIONALS: Functional involving first and higher order derivatives, functionals dependent on the functions of several independent variables, variational problems in parametric form – applications: vibrating string and membrane. (12) (12) VECTOR ANALYSIS : Basic concepts – gradient, directional derivative, divergence, curl, potential vector field, solenoidal vector field, Laplacian vector field. Green‘s theorem, Stoke‘s theorem and Gauss divergence theorem (statement and concepts only) ( 7)

TENSOR ANALYSIS: Concepts of a tensor field – Ostrogradski‘s theorem, field of tensor of rank 2 - flux, divergence and derivative in a direction of tensor field. Integral theorems - theorems related to Ostrogradski‘s theorem – applications: equation of motion of a liquid, Archimedes‘ law. (14) Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Elsgolts .L, Differential Equations and Calculus of Variations, University Press of the Pacific, 2003. 2. Borisenko .A.I, Tarapov.I.E, Vector analysis and Tensor Calculus, Dover Publications, New York, 2012.

REFERENCES: 1. Krasnov.M.L, Makarenko.G.I, Kiselev. A.I, Problems and exercises in the calculus of variations, Mir Publishers, Moscow, 1984. 2. Pars.L.A., An introduction to the calculus of variations, Dover Publications, New York, 2009. 3. Robert Weinstock, Calculus of variations - with applications to Physics and Engineering, Dover Publisher, New York, 2012.

15OH04 GRAPH THEORY AND ITS APPLICATIONS 3 0 0 3

GRAPHS AND DIGRAPHS: Common families of graphs, degree sequence, handshaking lemma, Havel-Hakimi theorem (statement and concepts). Walk, trail and path, connected graph, distance, radius and diameter. Graph isomorphism. Representations of graphs – adjacency and incidence lists – adjacency and incidence matrices. (10)

SPANNING TREES: Cayley‘s formula: Prufer encoding-decoding algorithm. Matrix tree theorem (statement and problems only). Depth-first and breadth-first search algorithms, minimum spanning tree – Prim‘s and Kruskal‘s algorithms, shortest-path problem – Dijkstra‘s algorithm. (9)

EULERIAN AND HAMILTONIAN GRAPHS: Eulerian graphs – Konigsberg bridge problem; Eulerian tour algorithm, characterization of Eulerian graph, optimal postman tour. Hamiltonian graphs - non Hamiltonian graphs, sufficient conditions for Hamiltonian graphs (only statements and concepts).Travelling salesman problem - nearest neighbour algorithm. (10)

VERTEX-COLORING: Vertex-coloring - chromatic number of a graph, vertex coloring algorithms – sequential vertex coloring, largest degree first algorithm, applications - scheduling problem, assignment of radio frequencies, fast register allocation for computer programming. (8)

56

NETWORK FLOWS AND APPLICATIONS: Flows and cuts in networks, solving the maximum - flow problem – characterization of maximum flow (Max-flow Min-cut Theorem), algorithms – outline for maximum flow, finding an augmenting path, FFEK – maximum flow and examples. (8) Total L: 45 TEXTBOOKS: 1. Jonathan L. Gross and Jay Yellen, Graph Theory and its Applications, CRC Press, New York, 2006. 2. Douglas B West, Graph Theory, Prentice Hall, New Delhi, 2009.

REFERENCES: 1. Bondy J.A. and Murty U.S.R., Graph Theory, Springer, London, 2008. 2. Narsingh Deo, Graph Theory with Applications to Engineering And Computer Science, Prentice Hall , New Delhi 2010. 3. Vago I, Graph Theory Application to the Calculation of Electrical Networks, Elsevier Science, New York 1985.

15OH05 MATHEMATICAL FINANCE 3 0 0 3

FINANCIAL MATHEMATICS: Basic terminology, assumptions, derivative securities. (6)

FORWARD AND FUTURES CONTRACTS: Forward contract, forward price formula, value of a forward contract, futures contract, futures pricing. (12)

OPTION PRICING: Definition and preliminaries, behavior of option prices with respect to variables, pay-off curves, single period and multi period binomial lattice models for option pricing, pricing American options: a binomial lattice model, Black-Scholes formula. (12)

RISK FREE ASSETS: Time value of money, Simple interest, periodic compounding, streams of payments, continuous compounding. Money market: zero coupon bonds, coupon bonds, money market account. (9)

PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT: Risk and return, expected return standard deviation as risk measure, two securities, risk and expected return on a portfolio. (6)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Chandra S, Dharmaraja S, Aparna Mehra and Khemchandani R, Financial Mathematics – An Introduction, Narosa Publishing House, New Delhi, 2013. 2. Marek Capinski and Tomasz Zastawniak, Mathematics for Finance – An Introduction to Financial Engineering, Springer, United Kingdom, 2011

REFERENCES: 1. John C Hull, Options, Futures and Other Derivatives, Prentice Hall, New Jersey, 2009. 2. Alhabeeb M J, Mathematical Finance, Wiley India Pvt Ltd, New Delhi, 2012. 3. Sheldon M Ross, An elementary introduction to Mathematical Finance, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2011.

15OH06 MATHEMATICAL MODELING AND SIMULATION 3 0 0 3

SYSTEM MODELS AND STUDIES: System- continuous and discrete system, system modeling, types of models - static physical, dynamic physical, static mathematical, dynamic mathematical models, principles in modeling, corporate model, environment, production, management segment, system analysis – corporate model, system design – message processing in a computer, system postulation – function of liver in the human body. (10)

SYSTEM SIMULATION: Technique of simulation, Monte Carlo Method – area under a curve, estimate of , comparison of simulation and analytical methods, distributed lag models – national economy, cobweb Models – supply and demand, exponential growth and decay models, logistic curves, simple system dynamics diagrams – population, multi-segment models – product sales, representation of time delays, feedback in socio-economic systems, host and parasite fluctuation. (12)

STATIC SIMULATION: Basics and components of the simulation study, simulation as an analysis tool, static simulations - model for profit on a sale promotion, a financial model for an office building. Random number generation - linear congruential generator,

57

Blum-Blum generator, random variates generation - Bernoulli, uniform, triangular, normal, exponential random variates, a model for loss ratio for an insurance agency. (15)

DYNAMIC SYSTEMS SIMULATION: Financial models and @risk - a model for the price of a stock, dynamic financial models of stock prices, correlated asset values, fitting a distribution to date. (8)

Total L:45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Geoffrey Gordon, System Simulation, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 1998. 2. Andrew F.Seila, Vlatko Ceric, Pandu Tadikamalla, Applied simulation modelling, Thomson learning, New York 2003.

REFERENCES: 1. Brian Albright, Mathematical Modeling with Excel, JonesBartlett publishers, Singapore 2010 2. Douglas D. Mooney and Randall J. Swift, A course in Mathematical modeling, The Mathematical association of America, USA, 1999. 3. Alfred J Menezes Paul C Van Oorschot Scott A Vanstone, Handbook of Applied Cryptography, CRC Press, London,2010.

15OH07 NUMBER THEORY FOR COMPUTING 3 0 0 3

DIVISIBILITY AND DIOPHANTINE EQUATIONS: Theory of divisibility - Basic concepts and properties of divisibility, fundamental theorem of arithmetic, Euclid‘s algorithm, continued fractions. Diophantine equations - Linear Diophanitine equations (8)

ARITHMETICAL FUNCTIONS AND DISTRIBUTION OF PRIME NUMBERS: Multiplicative functions – functions and s(n) - functions (n), and (n). Prime distribution function  (x), prime number theorem, the nth prime. (10)

THEORY OF CONGRUENCES: Basic concepts and properties of congruences -– linear congruences – Fermat‘s Little theorem, Euler‘s theorem, Chinese remainder theorem, Legendre and Jacobi symbols, primitive roots. (7)

COMPUTATIONAL NUMBER THEORY: Primality testing: Fermat‘s pseudoprimality test, strong pseudoprimality test, integer factorization : trial division and Fermat method, quadratic and number field sieves. (10)

APPLICATIONS TO CRYPTOGRAPHY: Random number generation - linear congruential generator, basics of cryptography, public key cryptography: discrete logarithm based cryptosystems - RSA public-key cryptosystem. (10) Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Song Y Yan, Number Theory for Computing, Springer Verlag, New York 2010. 2. Alfred J Menezes Paul C Van Oorschot Scott A Vanstone, Handbook of Applied Cryptography, CRC Press, London, 2010.

REFERENCES: 1. Tom M Apostol, Introduction to Analytic Number theory, Narosa Publishing House, New Delhi 1998. 2. Ivan Niven, Herbert S Zuckerman, Hugh L Montgomery, An Introduction to the Theory of Numbers, Wiley- India,New Delhi 2008. 3. Thomas Koshy, Elementary Number theory and Applications, Academic Press, New York, 2005.

15OH08 OPERATIONS RESEARCH 3 0 0 3

LINEAR PROGRAMMING: Modeling with linear programming- graphical method - simplex method, two phase simplex method. Primal-dual relations, dual simplex method, transportation problem and its solution by MODI method, assignment problem and its solution by Hungarian method. (14)

GAME THEORY: Two person zero sum game, pure and mixed strategies, dominance principle, graphical solution, linear programming solution. (7)

NON-LINEAR PROGRAMMING: Constrained NLPP -Lagrange‘s multipliers method, convex NLPP- Kuhn-Tucker conditions, Quadratic programming-Wolfe‘s method. (8)

QUEUING THEORY: Elements of queueing model, relationship between exponential and Poisson queueing models, (M/M/1), (M/M/1/N), (M/M/c), (M/M/c/N) and self-service model. (9)

58

REPLACEMENT THEORY: Replacement of items that deteriorate, replacement of items that fail, group replacement. (7)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Hamdy A Taha, ―Operations Research – An Introduction‖, Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2014. 2. Maurice Sasieni, Arthur Yaspan , ―Operations Research: Methods and Problems‖, Literary Licensing, LLC, United states, 2013

REFERENCES: 1. Hillier F and Lieberman G J, ―Introduction to Operations Research‖, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2012. 2. Singiresu S Rao, ―Engineering Optimization Theory and Practice‖, New Age International, New Delhi, 2011. 3. Kambo N S, ―Mathematical Programming Techniques‖, East West Press, New Delhi, 2005.

15OH09 RELIABILITY AND QUALITY CONTROL 3 0 0 3 STATISTICAL PROCESS CONTROL: Chance and assignable causes of quality variation, statistical basis of the control charts - basic principles, choice of control limits, analysis of patterns on control charts. (7)

CONTROL CHARTS FOR VARIABLES AND ATTRIBUTES: chart, R chart, chart, p chart, np chart, c chart, and u chart . (10)

ACCEPTANCE SAMPLING: Types of sampling plans, lot formation, single sampling plans for attributes, double, multiple and sequential sampling plans, acceptance sampling by variables, chain sampling, continuous sampling, skip lot sampling plans. (10)

BASIC RELIABILITY MODELS: The failure distribution, the reliability function, mean time to failure, Hazard rate function, bathtub curve, conditional reliability. Constant failure rate model: Exponential reliability function. Time - dependent Weibull failure model, Time - dependent normal failure model. (10)

RELIABILITY OF SYSTEMS: Serial configuration, parallel configuration, combined series, parallel systems - k out of n: system - system structure function, minimal cuts, minimal paths, common mode failures, three state devices. (8)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Douglas C Montgomery , Introduction to Statistical Quality Control, Wiley India, New Delhi, 2008. 2. Charles E. Ebeling, Introduction to Reliability and Maintainability Engineering,Tata Mc –Graw Hill, New Delhi, 2010.

REFERENCES: 1. Eugene L Grant, Richard S Leavenworth, Statistical Quality Control, Tata Mc- Graw Hill, New Delhi, 2011. 2. Dale H Besterfield, Quality Control, Pearson Education , New Delhi, 2008. 3. Hoang Pham, Hand book of Reliability Engineering, Springer- Verlag, New York, 2006.

15OH10 SOFT COMPUTING 3 0 0 3

FUZZY SETS: Basic concepts, membership functions, basic operations on fuzzy sets, properties of fuzzy sets, fuzzy relations. Propositional logic and predicate logic, fuzzy If-then rules, fuzzy mapping rules and fuzzy implication functions. (15)

NEURAL NETWORKS: Basic concepts, neural network architectures - single layer, multilayer, recurrent networks, learning methods, back propagation network. (15)

GENETIC ALGORITHMS: Basic concepts, encoding, fitness function, reproduction, inheritance operators, cross over, inversion and deletion, mutation operator, bit-wise operators, generational cycle. (10)

HYBRID SYSTEMS: Genetic algorithm based backpropagation networks, fuzzy backpropagation networks. (5)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Jang J.S.R, Sun C.T, Mizutani. E, Neuro-Fuzzy and Soft Computing, PHI New Delhi, 2012

59

2. Rajasekaran.S, Vijayalakshmi Pai G.A, Neural networks, Fuzzy logic, and Genetic algorithms synthesis and applications, PHI New Delhi, 2011.

REFERENCES: 1. Timothy J Ross, Fuzzy logic with Engineering Applications - ED3, Wiley, India, New Delhi, 2011. 2. Laurence Fausett, Fundamentals of Neural Networks: Architecture Algorithms and Applications, Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2004.

15OH11 STOCHASTIC MODELS 3 0 0 3

STOCHASTIC PROCESSES: Definition, Markov chains: Classifications of states, absorbtion probability, period, Chapman- Kolmogorov equations, steady state probabilities. (12)

CONTINUOUS TIME MARKOV CHAINS: Definition, Chapman-Kolmogorov equations, Kolmogorov forward and backward equations, steady-state probabilities, birth - death processes. (9)

BROWNIAN MOTION: First passage time distribution, maximum of a Brownian motion, zeros of Brownian motion, Brownian motion with drift, Geometric Brownian motion, applications to finance. (10)

QUEUEING MODELS: Basic definitions, steady-state solution: M/M/1, M/M/1/K, M/M/c, M/M/c/c, M/M/c/k Models, queues with unlimited service. (14)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Saeed Ghahramani, Fundamentals of Probability with Stochastic Processes, Prentice Hall, New Jersy, 2014. 2. Kishor S. Trivedi, Probability & Statistics with reliability, queueing and computer science applications,PHI Learning Pvt Ltd, New Delhi, 2009.

REFERENCES: 1. Sheldon M. Ross, Stochastic Processes, Wiley India Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi, 2008. 2. Medhi J, Stochastic Processes, New Age International Publishers ,New Delhi, 2014. 3. Sheldon M. Ross, Introduction to Probability Models, Academic Press, New Delhi, 2014. 4. William J. Stewart, Probability, Markov chains, Queues, and Simulation – The Mathematical basis of performance modeling, Princeton University press, New Jersy, 2009.

15OH12 QUANTITATIVE TECHNIQUES FOR TEXTILE AND APPAREL INDUSTRY

3 0 0 3

QUANTITATIVE TECHNIQUES: statistical quality control – need and importance, experiment data collection – textile and apparel industries. (3)

MEASURES OF CENTRAL TENDENCY AND VARIATION: Arithmetic mean, median & mode, relationship among mean, median and mode, geometric and harmonic means, average deviation, percentage mean deviation, standard deviation, coefficient of variation and skewness. Illustrated examples and application of methods drawn from textile and apparel industry. (7).

SAMPLING AND PROBABILITY DISTRIBUTION: Types and methods of statistical sampling, probability and non-probability sampling, AQL methods, single sampling plan, double sampling plan, multiple sampling plan, Discrete probability distribution: Theory and application of Binomial, Pascal, Poisson distribution in textile and apparel industry. (8)

HYPOTHESIS TESTS: Selection of sample size, Significance tests applicable to textile and apparel industries – normal test, t-test, chi-square test and F-test; p-Values. Problems related to ‗t‘ test – comparison between two mean values of small and large samples, comparison of two testing instruments results. ‗F‘ test for solving problems in textile and apparel industry. Solving simple problems using software. (10)

DESIGN AND ANALYSIS OF EXPERIMENTS : 2k, 3k factorial designs; composite designs; robust designs; Box and Behnken and Taguchi design, development of regression models, regression coefficients; adequacy test; Significance tests analysis – ANOVA. Simple problems using software. (7)

60

PROCESS CONTROL CHARTS: Concept of process control, control chains of measurements, attributes, tolerance limits, uses and advantages of process control charts. Control charts for variables – x , R, charts. Charts for defects – p, np, c, u charts. Illustrated examples and application of methods drawn from textile/ apparel industry. Simple problems using software. (10)

Total L: 45

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Milton. J. S. and Arnold. J.C., "Introduction to Probability and Statistics", Tata McGraw Hill, 4th Edition, 2007. 2. Hayavadana. J., ―Statistics for Textile and Apparel Management‖, Woodhead Publishing (India), 2012.

REFERENCES: 1. Devore. J.L., "Probability and Statistics for Engineering and the Sciences‖, Cengage Learning, New Delhi, 8th Edition, 2012. 2. Montgomery D.C., ―Introduction to Statistical Quality Control‖, John Wiley and Sons, Inc., 2002, ISBN: 997151351X. 3. Leaf G.A.V., ―Practical Statistics for the Textile Industry, Part I and II‖, The Textile Institute, Manchester, 1984, ISBN:0900739517. 4. Johnson. R.A. and Gupta. C.B., "Miller and Freund‘s Probability and Statistics for Engineers", Pearson Education, Asia, 7th Edition, 2007.

PHYSICS

15OH20 ANALYTICAL TECHNIQUES FOR MATERIALS CHARACTERIZATION 3 0 0 3

X-RAY DIFFRACTION ANALYSIS: Crystal systems- Symmetry elements in crystals- combination of symmetry elements- Rotation- inversion axis- translation symmetry elements- space groups- Stereographic projection - Wulff net- Measurement of angle between poles - determination of Miller indices of an unknown pole. X -ray diffraction analysis (9)

ELECTRON AND ION SPECTROSCOPIC TECHNIQUES: Mass spectroscopy and X-ray emission spectroscopy (Principle and limitations) - Quadrapole mass spectrometer. Special surface techniques: X ray photoelectron spectroscopy (XPS or ESCA)- photoelectron process of spectrum- elemental analysis-Instrumentation and applications, Auger electron spectroscopy (AES)-Basic principles-Information in Auger spectra-methods for surface and thin film characterization, Secondary ion mass spectrometry(SIMS) – Dynamic and static SIMS-common modes of analysis, Rutherford Backscattering Spectrometry (RBS), Field Ion Microscopy (FIM). (10)

SURFACE STRUCTURE ANALYSIS: The need for surface study. Surface chemical composition: The extension of bulk techniques to surface studies - Unit meshes of five types of surface nets - diffraction from diperiodic structures. Surface methods using electron, low energy electron diffraction (LEED), reflection high energy electron diffraction (RHEED), (9)

IMAGING TECHNIQUES: Scanning electron microscope(SEM) – physical basis of operation – sample requirements –applications, Transmission electron Microscopy (TEM) – resolution – sensitivity- TEM operation- diffraction mode – specimen preparation, Scanning Transmission Electron Microscopy (STEM). – imaging – common analysis modes – sample requiremnets (9)

SANNING PROBE MICROSCOPY : Instrumentation, Scanning Tunnelling Microscopy,Tunneling current, probe tips and working environments, operational modes, typical applications, atomic force microscopy, near field forces, force sensors, operational modes, applications, image artifacts (8)

Total L: 45 TEXTBOOKS: 1. Richard Brundle C, Charles A. Evans Jr, Shaun Wilson, ―Encyclopedia of Materials Characterization‖ Manning Publications Co, 1992. 2. Yang leng ‖Materials Caracterization- Introduction to Microscopic and Spectroscopic Methods‖ John Wiley & Sons, 2008.

REFERENCES: 1. Prutton M, "Surface Physics", Clarenden Press Oxford, 1975. 2. Cullity B D, "Elements of X-ray Diffraction", Addison Wesley Publishing Co., 1967. 3. Rodriquez F, "Principles of Polymer Systems", Tata McGraw Hill Co., 1974.

15OH21 LASER TECHNOLOGY 3 0 0 3 LASER CHARACTERISTICS: Einstein coefficients - negative absorption, shape and width of spectral lines, spontaneous and stimulated emission. Laser resonators, types of resonators, stability diagram. Spatial and temporal coherence. (9)

61

+ + GAS AND SOLID STATE LASERS: Gas lasers - He-Ne laser - Ar , He-Cd lasers - N2 and CO2 lasers - Fabrication and excitation mechanisms. Solid state lasers - Ruby, Nd:YAG, glass - semiconductor diode lasers, Excimer Laser , Erbium doped laser. (9)

DYE LASERS: Liquid lasers, dye lasers, fabrication and excitation mechanisms. Concept of Q-switching and mode-locking, second harmonic generation, theory and experiment, materials for optical SHG. (9)

INDUSTRIAL APPLICATIONS: Laser cutting, drilling & Piercing. Laser welding, operating characteristics and applications. medical. Spectroscopic (qualitative), laser Raman effect, stimulated Raman effect - Brillouin scattering. (9)

LASER SURFACE TREATMENT: Laser heat treatment, laser surface melting, laser surface alloying, laser cladding. Laser ablative processes. Macro and micromachining. (9)

Total L: 45 TEXTBOOKS: 1. Wlliam T. Silfast, ― Laser Fundamentals‖ Cambridge University Press, 2012 2. S.Nagabhushana, N.Sathyanarayana, ― Lasers and Optical Instrumentation,I.K.International Publishing House, 2010.

REFERENCES: 1. William M.Steen and Jyotirmoy Mazumder, ― Laser Material Processing‖ Springer, 2010. 2. Bloom A L, "Gas Lasers", John Wiley & Sons Inc., New York, 1968.

15OH22 MICRO ELECTROMECHANICAL SYSTEMS 3 0 0 3

MEMS AND MICROINTEGRATEDSYSTEMS: Introduction, history of MEMS development, intrinsic characteristics of MEMS. Devices: Sensors and Actuators. Overview of microfabrication, microelectronics fabrication process, silicon based MEMS processes, new materials and fabrication processes. Points of consideration for processing. (9)

SCALING LAWS AND MINIATURIZATION: Introduction. Scaling in geometry. Scaling in rigid body dynamics. The trimmer force scaling vector – scaling in electrostatic forces, electromagnetic forces, scaling in electricity and fluid dynamics, scaling in heat conducting and heatconvection. (9)

MEMS PROCESSING: Photolithography. Photoresist and applications. Light sources. X-ray and electron beam lithography. Ion implantation. Diffusion process. Oxidation, thermal oxidation. Silicon di oxide. Thermal oxidation rates. Oxide thickness by colour. (9) MICROMACHINING METHODS Bulk micromachining. Isotropic and anisotropic etching. Wet etchants, etch stops, dry etching comparison of wet and dry etching. Dry etching – physical etching – reactive ion etching, comparison of wet and dry etching. Surface micromachining – process in general, problems in surface micromachining. The LIGA process – description, materials for substrates and photoresists, electroplating, the SLIGA process. (9)

MICROSYSTEM PACKAGING:The three levels of microsystem packaging – die level, device level and system level. Essential packaging technologies – die preparation – surface bonding, wire bonding and sealing. Three dimensional packaging. Assembly of Microsystems – selection of packaging materials (9)

Total L :45 TEXTBOOKS: 1. Tai-Ran Hsu, ―MEMS and Microsystems Design and Manufacture‖, Tata Mcgraw Hill Publishing Co Ltd, New Delhi, 2002. 2. Chang Liu, Foundations of MEMS, Pearson International Edition, 2006.

REFERENCE: 1. Mark Madou, Fundamentals of microfabrication, CRC Press, New York, 1997.

15OH23 NANOMATERIALS AND APPLICATIONS 3 0 0 3 INTRODUCTION AND CLASSIFICATION: Atoms, Clusters and Nanomaterials-Classification of nanostructures, nanoscale architecture – Effects of the nanometre length scale – Changes to the system total energy, changes to the system structures, vacancies in nanocrystals, dislocations in nanocrystals – Effect of nanoscale dimensions on various properties – Structural, thermal, chemical, mechanical, magnetic, optical and electronic properties. (11)

62

NANOMATERIALS SYNTHESIS AND PROCESSING: Top-down processes: Ball Milling, lithography, machining process; Bottom- up processes: i) Wet chemical synthesis of nanomaterials- sol-gel, liquid solid reactions; ii) Gas phase synthesis of nanomaterials- Furnace, Flame assisted ultrasonic spray pyrolysis; iii) Gas condensation processing; iv) Chemical vapour deposition (CVD)- plasma-assisted deposition process, MBE and MOVPE-Preparation, safety and storage issues -STM and AFM Techniques. (11)

SEMICONDUCTOR NANOSTRUCTURES: Quantum confinement in semiconductor nanostructures - Quantum wells, quantum wires, quantum dots, superlattices, band offsets and electronic density of states – Fabrication techniques – Requirements, epitaxial growth, cleared edge overgrowth – Growth on vicinal substrates, strain-induced dots and wires, electrostatically induced dots and wires, quantum well width fluctuations, thermally annealed quantum wells and self-assembly techniques. (11)

GROWTH AND PROPERTIES OF INORGANIC NANOMATERIALS: Introduction and classification-Thermodynamics and kinetics of phase transformation: Thermodynamics, homogenous nucleation, heterogeneous nucleation, Growth–Microstructure: grain and matrix strain, particle size measurement, grain boundary structure-Microstructural stability: grain growth, zener pinning, solute drag – Power consolidation: compaction of nanopowders, sintering, role of impurities, porosity. (12)

Total L: 45 TEXTBOOKS: 1. Kelsall Robert W, Ian Hamley and Mark Geoghegan, ―Nanoscale Science and Technology‖, Wiley Eastern, 2004. 2. Michael Kohler, Wolfgang and Fritzsche, ―Nanotechnology: Introduction to Nanostructuring Techniques‖, Wiley –VcH, 2004 REFERENCES: 1. Bharat Bhushan, ―Springer Handbook of Nanotechnology‖, 2004. 2. Charles P Poole, Frank J Owens, ―Introduction to Nanotechnology‖, John Wiley and Sons, 2003. 3. Dutta J. & Hofmann H., ―Nanomaterials‖, 2003.

15OH24 PHYSICS FOR SOLAR PV SYSTEMS AND SOLID-STATE LIGHTING SYSTEMS 3 0 0 3

SOLAR RADIATION: Photometry- photometric units and quantities. Cosine law. Black body radiation spectrum. Wien's displacement law. Solar spectrum. Solar motion - celestial sphere, astronomical co-ordinates. Need for solar tracking. Atmospheric absorption. Air mass. Diurnal and seasonal variations in solar radiation. Climatic and geographic factors. Terrestrial solar illumination (9)

TYPES OF SOLAR ENERGY CONVERTORS: Thermal and PV systems. Advantages of PV systems. Semiconductor PV systems. IV characteristics. Other electrical parameters. Conditions for maximum power transfer. Conversion efficiency. (8)

PHYSICS OF SEMICONDUCTOR JUNCTIONS: Elemental and compound semiconductors. Band structure of silicon p-n junctions and III-V compound semiconductor junctions. light emission and absorbtion. Creation and recombination of electron hole pairs. Lattice mediated recombination conservation of momentum. Direct and indirect band gap semiconductors. Structure of Solar PV devices and solid state lighting devices- LEDS. Factors limiting efficiency of conversion of light energy to electrical energy (PV) and vice versa (Lighting) High power LEDS (10)

SOLID STATE LIGHT SOURCES: IV characteristics of LEDS. Manufacturing spread in Cut-in voltage. Combination of LED units for higher power-special considerations. Series parallel combinations. Minimising thermal losses. Reflector surfaces for multiple sources. Uniformity of illumination. (9)

CHARACTERITICS OF LIGHT SOURCES: Absorbtion and emission spectra. Transmission and absorption characteristics of housings for electro-optical devices. Flourescence. Modification of spectra of LED sources. Flourescent materials for solid state lighting- White-light sources and near-white light sources. Degradation and life. (9)

Total L : 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. JaspritSingh ,‖Electronic and Optoelectronic Properties of Semiconductor Structures‖, Cambridge University Press, 2003. 2. Arturas Zukauskas, Michael S. Shur, Remis Gaska,‖ Introduction to Solid-State Lighting‖, Wiley-Interscience, 2002.

REFERENCES: 1. Arthur Beiser ― Concepts of modern Physics‖ Tata Mcgraw Hill , 2002. 2. Rong-Jun Xie, Yuan Qiang Li, Naoto Hirosaki, Japan; Hajime Yamamoto,‖ Nitride Phosphors and Solid-State Lighting‖, CRC Press,2011. 3. Sze S.M., ―Physics of semiconductor devices‖, John Wiley and Sons, 2007.

63

15OH25 SENSORS FOR ENGINEERING APPLICATIONS 3 0 0 3 STRAIN AND PRESSURE MEASUREMENT: Resistance strain guage, piezoelectric pressure gauge, characteristics. Electronic circuits for strain gauge, load cells. Interferometer, Fibre-optic methods. Pressure gauges Aneroid capacitance pressure gauge, ionization gauge, Using the transducers for applications (9)

MOTION SENSORS: Capacitor plate sensor, Inductive sensors, LVDT Accelerometer systems, rotation sensors drag cup devices, piezoelectric devices. Rotary encoders. (9)

LIGHT RADIATION: Color temperature, light flux, photo sensors, photomultiplier, photo resistor and photoconductors, photodiodes, phototransistors, photovoltaic devices, fiber-optic applications, light transducer, solid-state ,transducers liquid crystal devices. (9) HEAT AND TEMPERATURE: Bimetallic strip, Bourdon temperature gauge, thermocouples, Resistance thermometers, thermistors, PTC thermistors, bolometer, Pyroelectric detector. (9)

ELECTRONIC SENSORS: Proximity detectors – Inductive and capacitive, ultrasonic, photo beam detectors Reed switch, magnet and Hall-effect units, Doppler detectors, liquid level detectors, flow sensors, smoke sensors. (9)

Total L: 45 TEXTBOOKS: 1. Doebelin E O, ―Measurement Systems, Application and Design‖ , McGraw Hill, 2004 2. Ian R Sinclair, ―Sensors and Transducers‖, Third Edition, Newnes publishers, 2001.

REFERENCES: 1. Jack P Holman, ―Experimental Methods for Engineers‖, McGraw Hill, USA, 2001. 2. Robert G Seippel, ―Transducers, Sensors and Detectors‖, Reston Publishing Company, USA, 1983.

15OH26 THIN FILM TECHNOLOGY 3 0 0 3 PREPARATION OF THIN FILMS: Study of thin film vacuum coating unit - Construction and uses of vapour sources-wire, sublimation, crucible and electron bombardment heated sources. Physical vapour deposition – Thermal evaporation – electron beam evaporation – Sputtering - Study of glow Discharge - Physical nature of sputtering - Sputtering yield - Experimental set up for DC and RF magnetron sputtering, Pulsed laser deposition and Ion beam assisted deposition. Chemical vapour deposition – Thermodynamics of CVD - Atmospheric pressure CVD – MOCVD and PECVD processes. Chemical methods: Qualitative study of preparation of thin films by Electroplating, vapour phase growth and anodization. (9)

NUCLEATION AND GROWTH: Nucleation and growth of thin films – four stages of film growth - Directionality of evaporation molecules - Cosine law of emission. Emission from a point source. Mass of material condensing on the substrate. (6)

DEPOSITION MONITORING AND CONTROL: Microbalance, Crystal oscillator thickness monitor, optical monitor, Resistance Monitor. Thickness measurement: Multiple Beam Interferometer, Fizeau (Tolansky) technique - Fringes of equal chromatic order (FECO) method - Ellipsometry (qualitative only). (7)

ELECTRICAL PROPERTIES: Sheet resistance - size effect - Electrical conduction in thin metallic films. Effect of ageing and annealing - Oxidation - Agglomeration. (5)

DIELECTRIC PROPERTIES: DC conduction mechanism - Low field and high field conduction. Breakdown mechanism in dielectric films - AC conduction mechanism. Temperature dependence of conductivity. (5)

STRUCTURE AND OPTICAL PROPERTIES: Study of structure of thin films using x-ray diffraction method, Optical constants of thin films – spectrophotometer- Transmittance, absorption, determination of band gap (5)

APPLICATION OF THIN FILMS: Thin film resistors: Materials and Design of thin film resistors (Choice of resistor and shape and area) - Trimming of thin film resistors - sheet resistance control - Individual resistor trimming. Thin film capacitors: Materials - Capacitor structures - Capacitor yield and capacitor stability. Thin film field effect transistors: Fabrication and characteristics - Thin film solar cells – antireflection coatings. (8)

Total L: 45

64

TEXTBOOKS: 1. Milton Ohring, ―Materials Science of Thin Films‖, Academic Press, 2002. 2. Goswami A, "Thin Film Fundamentals", New Age International (P) Ltd., 1996.

REFERENCES: 1. Donald Smith, ―Thin Film Deposition ‖, McGraw –Hill, 1995. 2. Maissel L I and Glang R, "Hand Book of Thin Film Technology", McGraw Hill, 1970. 3. Icha Elshabini-Riadaud Fred D. Barlow III "Thin Film Technology Hand book", Mc Graw Hill Company, 1997.

15OH27 NONLINEAR SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING APPLICATIONS 3 0 0 3

INTRODUCTION: Dynamical systems: Linear and Nonlinear Forces, Mathematical Implications of Nonlinearity- Linear waves- ordinary differential equations (ODEs)- Partial differential equations (PDEs)- Methods to solve ODEs and PDEs- Numerical methods – Linear and Nonlinear oscillations- Nonlinear waves- Quantitative features (9)

COHERENT STRUCTURES (QUALITATIVE): Linear and Nonlinear dispersive waves – Notion of Integrability, Painleve analysis, Soliton and its special collision properties – KdV equation – Basic theory of KdV equation – Ubiquitous soliton equations: magnetic spin systems, Optical fibers, – AKNS Method, Backlund transformation, Hirota bilinearization method, - Perturbation methods. (9)

BIFURCATIONS AND ONSET OF CHAOS: One dimensional flows – Two dimensional flows – Phase plane – Limit cycles – Simple bifurcations: Saddle –Node, Pitchfork, Transcritical and Hopf – Discrete Dynamical system – The Logistic Map Strange attractors Period doubling– Routes to chaos. (9)

CHAOS THEORY AND CHARACTERISTION: One dimensional maps – Duffing oscillators – Lorenz equations – BVP and DVP oscillators – Pendulum – Chaos in nonlinear circuits – Chaos in conservative system – characterization of chaos: Lyapunov Exponent, Poincare section –Fractals. (9)

APPLICATIONS: Soliton based communication systems – Solition based computation – Synchronization of chaos – Chaos based communication – Cryptography – Image processing – Stochastic – Resonance – Chaos based computation – Time Series analysis. Spin transfer torque, Spin valves, MRAM (9)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Lakshmanan M and Rajasekar S, ―Nonlinear Dynamics: Integrability‖, Chaos and Patterns, Springer, Berlin 2003 2. Drazin G and Johnson R.S, ―Solitons: An Introduction‖, Cambridge University Press,1989. 3. Strogatz S, “Nonlinear Dynamics and Chaos‖, Addison Wesley, 1995.

REFERENCES: 1. Hasegawa A and Kodama Y, ―Solitons in Optical Communications‖, Oxford Press, 1995. 2. Lakshmanan M and Murali K, ―Chaos in Nonlinear Oscillators‖, World Scientific, Singapore, 1989. 3. Thompson J M T and Stewart H B, ―Nonlinear Dynamics and Chaos‖, Wiley 2002.

15OH28 NONLINEAR FIBER OPTICS 3 0 0 3

FIBER NONLINEARITIES: Introduction - Nonlinear Refraction - Maxwell's Equations – in free space and different Medium. Fiber Modes: single mode and multimode - Eigen value Equations Single Mode Condition - Nonlinear pulse Propagation - Higher Order Nonlinear Effects. (9)

GROUP VELOCITY DISPERSION AND PHASE MODULATION: Gaussian Pulse - Chirped Gaussian Pulse - Higher Order Dispersions - Changes in Pulse Shape – Self Phase Modulation (SPM) induced Spectral Broadening - Non-linear Phase Shift - Effect of Group Velocity Dispersion - Self Steepening - Application of SPM- Cross Phase Modulation (XPM) - Coupling between Waves of Different Frequencies - Non-linear Birefringence – Optical Kerr Effect - Pulse Shaping. (9)

OPTICAL SOLITONS AND DISPERSION MANAGEMENT: Soliton Characteristics - Soliton Stability - Bright and Dark Solitons – Other kinds of Solitons - Effect of Birefringence in Solitons - Solitons based Fiber Optic Communication System (Qualitative treatment) – Demerits - Dispersion Managed Solitons (DMS). (9)

SOLITON LASERS: Non-linear Fiber Loop Mirrors - Soliton Lasers - Fiber Raman Lasers – Mode locked Fiber Lasers, Fiber Raman Amplifiers - Fiber Raman Solitons - Erbium doped fiber amplifiers. (9)

65

APPLICATIONS OF SOLITONS: DMS for single channel transmission – WDM transmission - Fiber Gratings- Fiber Couplers – Fiber Interferometers – Pulse Compression – Soliton Switching – Soliton light wave systems. (9)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Govind P. Agrawal ―Nonlinear Fiber Optics‖, Academic Press, New York, 1995. 2. Murti Y V G S and Vijayan C ―Essentials of Nonlinear Optics‖, Wiley, 2014.

REFERENCES: 1. Hasegawa A and Matsumoto M ―Optical Solitons in Fibers‖ Springer, Berlin, 2003. 2. Govind P. Agrawal, ―Applications of Nonlinear Fiber Optics‖. Academic Press, New York, 2001. 3. Lakshmanan M and Rajasekar S, ―Nonlinear Dynamics: Integrability‖, Chaos and Patterns, Springer, Berlin, 2003. 4. Kivshar Y S and Govind Agrawal, ―Optical Solitons : From Fibers to Photonic Crystals‖, Academic Press, New York, 2003.

15OH29 CHAOTRONICS 3 0 0 3

LINEAR AND NONLINEAR CIRCUITS: Linear circuit elements – nonlinear circuit elements – switches, reactive nonlinear energy storage devises-inductance and capacitance -circuits with linear elements – circuits with nonlinear elements – LC, RLC and forced RLC circuits - importance of nonlinearity – low and higher order electronic circuits with nonlinearity – Op-amp: Mathematical operations. (9)

BIFURCATION AND CHAOS: Introduction – periodic, quasi-periodic and chaotic behaviors – types of bifurcations: saddle node, Pitchfork, Transcritical and Hopf – routes to chaos– discrete and continuous dynamical systems – characterization of periodic and chaotic motions- strange attractors. (9)

DISCRETE MAP BASED CHAOTIC CIRCUITS: Introduction – logistic map dynamics and power electronics – Onset of chaos– circuit realization of logistic map – cob-web diagrams – Poincare-map construction - bifurcation diagram circuits – Henon map circuit – phase-portrait. (9)

CONTINUOUS TYPE CHAOTIC CIRCUITS: Introduction – autonomous chaotic circuits: Chua‘s diode, Chua‘s circuit, Chua‘s canonical circuit – Wien-bridge oscillator based chaotic circuit – Colpitts chaotic oscillator – negative resistance based chaotic circuits – LC oscillator based chaotic circuits. Non-autonomous chaotic circuits: RL-diode circuit, driven Chua‘s circuit, MLC circuit- stochastic resonance circuit. Analog simulation circuits: Duffing oscillator, van-der Pol oscillator – Lorenz system (9)

HIGHER-ORDER CHAOTIC CIRCUITS; Introduction – simple hyper-chaotic circuits with LCR elements – negative resistance based hyper-chaotic circuits – delay-chaotic circuits: autonomous and non-autonomous versions. Power-electronic circuits – CNN based chaotic circuits. (9)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Lakshmanan M and Murali K, ―Chaotic oscillators: Controlling and synchronization‖, World Scientific, Singapore, 1996. 2. Lakshmanan M and Rajasekar S, ―Nonlinear dynamics: Integrability, chaos and patterns‖, Springer, Berlin, 2001.

REFERENCES: 1. Strogatz S H, ―Nonlinear dynamics and chaos‖, Addison-Wesley, Manchester, 1995. 2 Chua L O , Desoer C A and Kuh E S, ―Linear and nonlinear circuits‖. McGraw-Hill, Singapore 1987. 3 Chua L O, ―CNN: A paradigm for complexity‖. World Scientific, Singapore, 1998. 4. Van Wyk M A and Steeb W H, ―Chaos in electronics‖. Springer, Berlin, 1997.

CHEMISTRY

15OH34 CHEMISTRY OF NANOMATERIALS

3 0 0 3 INTRODUCTION TO NANOMATERIALS: Colloids - concepts of nanomaterials, size and confinement effects. Size induced metal to insulator transition, surface to volume ratio. Size effect on the lattice parameter. Energy levels in nanocrystals. Properties - electronic, optical, magnetic, thermal, mechanical and electrochemical properties. (9)

TYPES OF NANOMATERIALS: Quantum dots, wells, wires, nano clusters, naorods, nanofibers. Metal, semiconductor,oxide nanoparticles, polymer nanoparticles, Organic-inorganic hybrids, porous materials (micro, meso, nano). Self Assmebled Monolayers (9)

CHEMICAL SYNTHESES: Nucleation – mechanism of homogeneous and heterogeneous nucleation. Growth process – isotopic and anisotopic growth, seed mediated growth. Oswald ripening, Quenching process, Turkevich reduction, Electrochemical

66 synthesis, Micelles synthesis. Sol-gel synthesis, nonaqueous sol-gel synthesis, Solvothermal, Microwave technique, Sonochemical synthesis, Biological synthesis - shape control with biomolecules, microbial synthesis. (9)

FUNCTIONALIZATION OF NANOMATERIALS: Stabilization methods - electrostatic stabilization, steric stabilization. Functionalization of nanoparticles. Monolayer protected clusters (MPCs), Ligand exchange reaction, Metal nanoparticles stabilization. (9)

CARBON NANOMATERIALS: Carbon nanotubes (CNTs)- structure and properties- single walled carbon nanotubes (SWNTs), multiwalled carbon nanotubes (MWNTs), synthesis of CNTs- arc discharge synthesis, laser ablation synthesis, thermal and chemical vapor deposition methods, functionalization of CNTs, fullerenes- synthesis, properties and functionalization of CNTs. (9)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Cao G., ―Nanostructures and Nanomaterials: Synthesis, Properties and Applications‖, ICP, London, 2004. 2. Pradeep T., ―Nano: The Essentials‖, Tata Mcgraw Hill, New delhi, 2007.

REFERNCES: 1. Brinker C. J., Scherer G.W., ―Sol-Gel Science, The Physics and Chemistry of Sol-Gel Processing‖, Academic press inc., CA, 1990. 2. Sergeev G. B., ―Nanochemistry‖, Elsevier, Netherlands, 2006. 3. Ozin G. A., Arsenault A.C., ―Nanochemistry: A Chemical Approach to Nanomaterials‖, RSC, 2009

15OH40 POLYMER CHEMISTRY AND TECHNOLOGY 3 0 0 3 INTRODUCTION TO POLYMERS: Classification, functionality of monomers, degree of polymerization, molecular weight of polymers. - number average and weight average, molecular weight distribution. Polymerisation reactions – chain – free radical, ionic, co-ordination polymerisations – condensation polymerisation, ring opening polymerisation. Polymerisation techniques - Addition polymerisation - bulk, solution, suspension and emulsion techniques. Condensation polymerisation - melt, solution and interfacial techniques. (9)

CHARACTERISATION OF POLYMER: Determination of molecular weight by gel permeation chromatography and viscometry. Amorphous and crystalline states – degree of crystallinity – factors affecting crystallizability. Glass transition temperature – determination by DSC and DTA and thermal stability by TGA, factors affecting Tg. Mechanical properties – Influence of structure. Requisite for polymers to form fibres, elastomers and plastics. (9)

POLYMER REACTIONS AND ADDITIVES: Polymer reactions - Hydrolysis – acidolysis – aminolysis – hydrogenation – cyclization – crosslinking – grafting. Reactions of cellulose, nylon and terylene. Fillers, plasticizers, anti aging additives, UV stabilizers, colouring agents, flame retardants, blowing agents, crosslinking agents and lubricants. (9)

COMMERCIAL POLYMERS AND PROCESSING: Regenerated fibers-synthetic fibers derived from cellulose-viscose process, acetate rayon process. Synthetic fibres- Polyamide- Nylon-6, Nylon 6,6, polyester-PET, vinyl fibres- PAN - monomer preparation, polymerization and application. Fibre formation-melt, dry and wet spinning. Synthesis, properties and applications of polyurethanes and silicones. (9)

POLYMER DEGRADATION AND WASTE MANAGEMENT: Degradation mechanisms – thermal, mechanical and photo degradations. Waste management: Environmental issues, recycling, depolymerisation, incineration. Biodegradable polymers- renewable resources, petrochemical sources. (9)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Gowarikar V. R., Viswanathan N. V. and Jayadev Sreedhar, ―Polymer Science‖, New Age International (P) Ltd, New Delhi, 2011. 2. Barbara H. Stuart, ―Polymer Analysis‖, John Wiley & Sons, UK, 2002.

REFERENCES: 1. Billmeyar F. W., ―Text book of Polymer Science‖, Wiley-Inter Science, New York, 2002. 2. Joel R. Fried, ―Polymer Science and Technology‖, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., India, 2003. 3. Arora M. G., Singh M. and Yadav M. S., ―Polymer Chemistry‖, Anmol Publications, New Delhi, 2003.

67

COMPUTER APPLICATIONS

15OH45 GARMENT MODELING AND DESIGNING USING SOFTWARE TOOLS

3 0 0 3

INTRODUCTION OF PHOTO EDITING INTERFACE- Bitmap image editing - Selection tools techniques- Pen tools – Layers and Grouping – Stroke – Type Tools – Shape Objects – Transformations. (9)

COLORING – Masking – Brush Tools – Aligning and Distributing – Line Tools – Transparency and Masking – Smart Guides and Rulers – PathFinder - Scissor and knife – Filters – Blend Tool (9)

DIGITAL IMAGING AND CORRECTION - Masking – Resizing and Cropping Images - Photo Retouching - Color Correction – Layer Management - Pallets - Drawing tools - Freehand, Bezier- size scaling - rotating - copying - pasting - mirroring shapes (9)

SPECIAL EFFECTS – Blend – Contour – distort – Shadow -Transparency – Envelop –Extrude - Power clip effect - Extrude on path - Dockers shaping tools (Weld / Trim / Intersect / Simplify etc) - Fillet / Scallop/Chamfer - Text tools with special effects (9)

INTRODUCTION TO 3D ANIMATION - 3D scene from primitive shapes (polygons, vertices, edges) Polygon mesh editing tools - Materials and Texturing - Cameras and lighting - Animation, Rendering,and Output Technique (9)

Total L : 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Sharma, M. C, Corel Draw-X5 , BPB Publications 2. Shufflebothamrober, Adobe Photo CS-5 , Simple steps, n easy steps

REFERENCES: 1. Kloskowski, Matt, Adobe CS-5 crash course, Landmark limited 2. Gary David Bouton, CorelDRAWX5, McGrill Hall 3. Dariush Derakhshani, Introducing Maya 2008, Wiley, 2007.

15OH47 DATA AND FILE STRUCTURES 3 0 0 3

INTRODUCTION: Data structures - Abstract data Types - Primitive data structures - Algorithms: Structure, properties – analysis of time complexities. . (4)

ARRAYS: Representation of linear and multi dimensional arrays – Operations - Applications. (5)

STACKS : Representation - Operations - implementation - Applications: Recursion handling; Evaluation of expressions. (5)

QUEUES: Representation - Operations - sequential implementation – Circular Queues-Priority Queues - Deque – Applications: Job Scheduling systems. (7)

LISTS: Singly linked lists, Doubly linked lists, Circular lists, Multiply linked lists – Operations - Linked stacks - Linked queues- Applications: Addition of Polynomials; Sparse Matrix representation. (9)

FILES: File Types – Basic file operations – Heap Organization- Sequential file organization – Indexed Sequential File – Direct file organization (8)

SORTING: Insertion Sort - Shell Sort - Bubble Sort - Quick Sort - Merge Sort – Algorithms - Analysis. (7)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Sahni Sartaj, "Data Structures, Algorithms and Applications in C++", Silicon Press, 2009 2. Mark Allen Weiss, ―Data Structures and Algorithm Analysis in C‖, Pearson Education, 2012.

REFERENCES: 1. Aaron M Tanenbaum, Moshe J Augenstein and Yedidyah Langsam, "Data structures using C and C++ ", PHI Learning, 2012. 2. Vijayalakshmi Pai G.A, ―Data Structures and Algorithms: Concepts Techniques and Applications‖, Mc Graw Hill, 2009.

68

3. Thomas H. Cormen, Charles E. Leiserson, Ronald L. Rivest and Clifford Stein, ― Introduction to Algorithms ‖, The MIT Press, 2009. 4. Chitra A. and Rajan P.T., ―Data Structures," Tata McGraw Hill Education, 2008.

15OH48 DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 3 0 0 3

INTRODUCTION: Databases – Conventional file Processing – Data Modeling for a database – Three level architecture – Data Independence – Components of a Database Management System – characteristics - Advantages and disadvantages of a DBMS - Data base administrator-functions and responsibilities. (5)

DATAMODELING: Introduction to Hierarchical data model - Network data model- ER model: Entities, Attributes, relationships – Weak and strong entity types – Design of Entity Relationship data models. (7)

RELATIONAL MODEL: Relational data model basics - properties of Relations- Domains and Key concept – Enforcing data integrity constraints - Relational algebra operations. (8)

RELATIONAL DATABASE MANIPULATION: Introduction to Structured Query Language(SQL) – SQL commands for defining database – Manipulations on database – Basic data retrieval operations - aggregate function- order by/group by clause- sub queries-in-any-all-views in SQL. (13)

DATA BASE DESIGN THEORY: Functional dependencies - Normal forms – Normalization: 1NF to 5NF- Domain Key Normal Form – losses join and dependency preserving decomposition. (7) DATABASE TRANSACTION & SECURITY: - Transaction processing – properties - Concurrency control mechanism - security and integrity threats - Defense Mechanism. (5) Total L : 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Elmasri R and Navathe S B, ―Fundamentals of Database Systems‖, Pearson Education, 2010. 2. Silberschatz A, Korth H and Sudarshan S, ―Database System Concepts‖, McGraw-Hill, 2010.

REFERENCES: 1. Raghu Ramakrishnan and Johannes Gehrke, ―Database Management System‖, McGraw Hill, 2006. 2. Thomas Condly, Carolyn Begg, ―Database System‖ Pearson Education, 2009. 3. Date C J, ―An Introduction to Database Systems‖, Pearson Education 2008.

15OH51 MOBILE APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT 3 0 0 3

INTRODUCTION: Open Source Platform – Mobile Devices – Open Handset Alliance – Mobile Applications. (4)

ANDROID: Features of android – Development Framework – Android SDK – Native Libraries – Application framework – ADK – Android and Java. (5)

BASIC WIDGETS: Android Components – Android activity life cycle – Layouts and controls – Event Handling – creating and starting an activity - using controls. (6)

BUILDING USER INTERFACES: Fundamental Android UI design – Layouts – Fragments – Creating Views – List view – Grid View control – View pager control. (6)

USING RESOURCES AND MEDIA: Resources Types – Creating Resources – Using Drawable resources – Playing Audio – Playing Video – Displaying progress. (6)

BUILDING MENUS: Menus and types – Creating menus through XML – Creating menus through coding – Using the ActionBar – Drop-down List ActionBar. (6)

DATABASES: Android databases – SQLite – introduction – creating, opening, querying the database – Extracting values from a cursor - Creating content providers – Using Content providers. (6)

69

PUBLISHING ANDROID APPLICATIONS: Setting versioning information – Signing and publishing the applications – Distributing applications - Monetizing the applications. (6)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Reto Meier and Wrox Wiley, ―Professional Android 4 Application Development‖, 2012. 2. Zigurad Mednieks, Larid Dornin,G.Blake Meike,Masumi Nakamura, ‖Programming Andriod‖, O‘Reilly,2013.

REFERENCE: 1. B.M Harwani , ―Android programming unleashed‖, Pearson Education, New Delhi,2013..

15OH53 OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING 3 0 0 3

PRINCIPLES OF OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING: Software crisis Software Evolution - Procedure Oriented Programming - Object Oriented Programming Paradigm - Basic Concepts and Benefits of OOP - Object Oriented Programming Language - Application of OOP - Structure of C++ - Types and Declarations - Pointers, Arrays, and Structures - Expressions and Statements - Manipulators. (10)

FUNCTIONS IN C++: Function Prototyping - Call by Reference - Return by reference - Inline functions – Default - Const Arguments (6) CLASSES AND OBJECTS: Data members - Member functions - Nesting of Member functions - Private member functions - Memory allocation for Objects - Static data members - Static Member Functions - Arrays of Objects - Objects as Function Arguments - Friend Functions - Returning Objects. . (7)

CONSTRUCTORS: Parameterized Constructors - Multiple Constructors in a Class - Constructors with Default Arguments – Dynamic Initialization of Objects - Copy and Dynamic Constructors – Destructors. (6)

INHERITANCE: Defining Derived Classes - Single Inheritance - Making a Private Member Inheritable - Multiple Inheritance – Hierarchical Inheritance - Hybrid Inheritance - Virtual Base Classes - Abstract Classes - Constructors in Derived Classes. (8)

POLYMORPHISM: Compile and Run Time Polymorphism – Operators Overloading - Unary and Binary Operators Overloading - Function Overloading. (8)

Total L : 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Bjarne Stroustrup, ―The C++ Programming Language‖, Pearson, 2013. 2. Stanley B Lippman, Josee Lajoie, Barbara E Moo ―C++ Primer‖, Pearson, 2012.

REFERENCE: 1. Harvey M Deitel and Paul J Deitel, ―C++ How to Program‖, Prentice Hall, 2011.

15OH55 RESPONSIVE WEB DESIGN 3 0 0 3

INTRODUCTION TO HTML AND XHTML: Origins and Evolution of HTML - Basic Syntax - Standard HTML Document Structure - Basic Text Formatting - Images - Hypertext Links – Lists - Tables - Frames and Forms. (6)

CASCADING STYLE SHEETS: Introduction - Levels of Style Sheets - Style Specification Formats – Style Classes - Properties and Property Values - Color - The span and div Tags. (7)

HTML5: Media Queries supporting different viewports – Syntax - Fluid Layouts- Fluid Images- Serving Different Images for different screen sizes - HTML 5 for responsive designs - semantic elements in HTML5 – Embedding Media in HTML5. (10)

CSS3: Selectors - Typography and Color Modes – Aesthetics with CSS3 – Text shadows - Box shadows - Background Gradients – patterns - Multiple Background images Transitions - Transformations and Animations Forms with HTML5 and CSS3. (12)

70

BASICS OF JAVASCRIPT: Object Orientation and JavaScript - General Syntactic Characteristics – Primitives - Operations and Expressions - Screen Output - Control Statements - Object Creation and Modification - Arrays - Functions - Constructors - Errors in Scripts. (10)

Total L : 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Ben Frain, ―Responsive Web Design using HTML5 and CSS3‖, PACKT Publishing, 2012. 2. Thomas Powell and Fritz Schneider,‖Javascript 2.0 : The Complete reference‖, Tata McGraw Hill,2012.

REFERENCE: 1. Thomas Powell, ― HTML and CSS: The Complete Reference‖, Tata McGraw Hill, 2010.

15OH59 GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION SYSTEM 2 2 0 3 BASICS: GIS - Basic spatial concepts - Coordinate Systems - GIS and Information Systems – Definitions – History - Components – Hardware, Software, Data, People, Methods – Proprietary and Open Source Software - Types of data – Types of attributes – scales/ levels of measurements. Database Structures – Relational, Object Oriented – Spatial data models – Raster Data Structures – Raster Data – Vector Data Structures -Raster and Vector Models- TIN and GRID data models. (8+8) DATA INPUT AND TOPOLOGY: Scanner - Raster Data Input – Raster Data File Formats – Geo referencing – Vector Data Input – Digitizer – Datum Projection and reprojection -Coordinate Transformation – Topology - Adjacency, connectivity and containment – Topological Consistency – Non topological file formats - Attribute Data linking – Linking External Databases – GPS Data Integration- Geodatabases (8+8)

DATA QUALITY AND STANDARDS: Data quality - Basic aspects - completeness, logical consistency, accuracy - positional, temporal, thematic - Lineage – Metadata – GIS Standards – Interoperability – Open Geospatial Consortium - Spatial Data Infrastructure – application in public information service. (5+4)

DATA MANAGEMENT AND OUTPUT: Import / Export – Data Management functions - Raster to Vector - Vector to Raster Conversion - Data Output - Map Compilation – Chart/Graphs – Multimedia – Enterprise Vs Desktop GIS - Distributed GIS. (5+5)

GIS MODELLING AND APPLICATIONS: Spatial modelling – External, Conceptual, Logical, Internal –GIS Modeling with case study-spatial data mining – Digital Elevation Model – applications:e-government : operation and decision support – e-business : advertisement , customer service, business analysis and decision support and in e-health science. (4+5)

Total L: 30 + T: 30 = 60

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Paul A. Longley, Mike Goodchild, David J. Maguire, ―Geographic Information Systems and Science‖, John Wiley & Sons Inc, 2011. 2. Pinde Fu, Jiulin Sun, ―Web GIS: Principles and Applications‖, ESRI Press, 2011. 3. Silas Tomas, ―ArcPy and ArcGIS – Geospatial Analysis with Python‖, Packt Publishing Ltd., 2015.

REFERENCES: 1. Kang-Tsung Chang, ―Introduction to Geographic Information Systems‖, McGraw Hill Publishing, 2011. 2. Rene Rubalcava, ―ArcGIS web Development‖, Manning Publications , 2014.

15OH60 PROGRAMMING FOR ROBOTICS

2 2 0 3 BASICS OF ROBOTICS: History – Definition – Components – Building a robot – The Robot drive mechanism. (3+2)

ROBOT SIMULATION: Mathematical modeling of the robot - Robot kinematics – Concepts of ROS and Gazebo. (4+4)

71

DESIGNING CHEFBOT HARDWARE: Specifications - Block diagram - Working with Robotic Actuators and Wheel Encoders - Interfacing DC geared motor with Tiva C LaunchPad - Interfacing quadrature encoder with Tiva C Launchpad - Working with Dynamixel actuators. (5+5)

WORKING WITH ROBOTIC SENSORS: Working with ultrasonic distance sensors - Working with the IR proximity sensor - Working with Inertial Measurement Unit. (4+4)

PYTHON AND ROS: Introduction to OpenCV, OpenNI, and PCL - Programming Kinect with Python using ROS, OpenCV, and OpenNI - Working with Point Clouds using Kinect, ROS, OpenNI, and PCL. (6+6)

INTERFACING IT INTO ROS, USING PYTHON: Building ChefBot hardware - Writing a ROS Python driver for ChefBot - Understanding ChefBot ROS launch files - Working with ChefBot Python nodes and launch files - The Calibration and Testing of ChefBot - The Calibration of Xbox Kinect using ROS - Wheel odometry calibration - Testing of the robot using GUI. (8+9)

Total L: 30 + T: 30 = 60

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Lentin Joseph, ―Learning Robotics using Python‖, PACKT Publishing, 2015. 2. Aaron Martinez and Enrique Fernandez, ―Learning ROS for Robotics Programming‖, PACKT Publishing, 2013.

REFERENCES: 1. Bill Smart, Brian Gerkey, Morgan Quigley, ―Programming Robots with ROS: A Practical Introduction to the Robot Operating System‖, O‘Reilly Publishers, 2015.

HUMANITIES 15OH61 AN INTRODUCTION TO INDIAN CONSTITUTION 3 0 0 3 PREAMBLE AND ITS PHILOSOPHY: Introduction and Evolution of Indian Constitution preamble and its Philosophy. (4)

CENTRE-STATE RELATIONS: Directive Principles of State Policy, Fundamental Rights and Duties, Centre-State Relations. (6)

UNION GOVERNMENT: Powers, Functions and Position of President, Vice-President and Council of Ministers . (6)

COMPOSITION OF PARLIAMENT: Constitution Amendment Procedure, Financial Legislation in Parliament. Case Study. (5)

FEDERAL SYSTEM: Features of Federal System, Administrative Relationship between Union and States, Powers, Functions and Position of Governors, Function of Chief Ministers, Council of Ministers. Composition and powers of the State Legislature. (8)

JUDICIARY: The Union Judiciary - Supreme Court and High Court. (6)

PUBLIC SERVICES: All India Services, Central Civil Services, State Services, Local Services and Training of Civil Services. (5)

INTERNATIONAL POLITICS: Foreign Policy of India, Foreign Policy of USA, International Institutions like UNO, WTO, SAARC and Environmentalism. (5)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Basu D.D., ―Introduction to the Constitution of India‖, Prentice Hall of India, 2001. 2. Briji Kishore Sharma, ―Introduction to the Constitution of India‖, Prentice Hall of India, 2005.

REFERENCES: 1. Pandey J. N., ―Constitutional Law of India‖, Central Law Agency, 1998. 2. Hoshiar Singh, ―Indian Administration‖ - Kitab Mahal, 2003. 3. Jain. M. C., ―The Constitution of India‖, Law House, New Delhi, 2001. 4. Shukla. V. N., ―Constitution of India‖, Eastern Book Company Ltd., New Delhi, 2011.

72

15OH62 ENTREPRENEURSHIP 3 0 0 3 INTRODUCTION TO ENTREPRENEURSHIP: Definition – Characteristics and Functions of an Entrepreneur – Common myths about entrepreneurs – Importance or Entrepreneurship. Seminar in R5 & R6. (5)

CREATIVITY AND INNOVATION: The role of creativity – The innovation Process – Sources of New Ideas – Methods of Generating Ideas – Creative Problem Solving – Entrepreneurial Process. (6)

DEVELOPING AN EFFECTIVE BUSINESS MODEL: The Importance of a Business Model – Starting a small scale industry - Components of an Effective Business Model. (5)

APPRAISAL OF PROJECTS: Importance of Evaluating Various options and future investments- Entrepreneurship incentives and subsidies – Appraisal Techniques. (8)

FORMS OF BUSINESS ORGANIZATION: Sole Proprietorship – Partnership – Limited liability partnership - Joint Stock Companies and Cooperatives (4)

FINANCING THE NEW VENTURE: Determining Financial Needs – Sources of Financing – Equity and Debt Funding – Case studies in Evaluating Financial Performance. (8)

THE MARKETING FUNCTION: Industry Analysis – Competitor Analysis – Marketing Research for the New Venture – Defining the Purpose or Objectives – Gathering Data from Secondary Sources – Gathering Information from Primary Sources – Analyzing and Interpreting the Results – The Marketing Process. (5)

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY PROTECTION AND ETH ICS: Patents – Copyright - Trademark- Geographical indications – Ethical and social responsibility and challenges. (4) Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Donald F.Kuratko and Richard M. Hodgetts, ―Entrepreneurship‖, South-Western. 2. Vasant Desai, ―The Dynamics of Entrepreneurial Development and Management‖, Himalaya Publishing House, 2010.

REFERENCES: 1. Gupta S.L., Arun Mittal, ―Entrepreneurship Development‖, International Book House, 2012. 2. Sudha G. S., ―Management and Entrepreneurship Development‖, Indus Valley Publication, 2009. 3. Badi V., Badi N. V., ―Business Ethics‖, R. Vrinda Publication (P) Ltd., 2012. 4. Prasanna Chandra, ―Projects- Planning, Analysis, Financing, Implementation and review‖, TATA McGraw Hill, 2012.

15OH63 HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT 3 0 0 3 NATURE AND SCOPE OF HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT: Meaning and Definition of HRM, Objectives and Functions of HRM, Models of HRM, HRM in a changing Environment, Human Resource Management in the wake of Globalization. (6)

TRAINING AND DEVELOPMENT: Principles of Learning, Objectives, Types and Training Methods, Management Development: Its Meaning, Scope and Objectives. (6)

WAGE AND SALARY ADMINISTRATION: Principles and Techniques of Wage Fixation, Job Evaluation, Incentive Schemes. (5)

PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL: Process, Methods, Factors that distort appraisal, Case studies in Methods to Improve Performance, Role of Performance in the Performance Management Process, Performance Appraisal Vs. Potential Appraisal. (6)

MORALE AND MOTIVATION OF EMPLOYEES: Morale-importance of Moral and Motivation Methods of Employees, Empowerment – Factors Affecting Empowerment – Process – Benefits. (6)

WORK ENVIRONMENT AND TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF EMPLOYMENT: Fatigue – Safety – Accident Prevention Accident Records – Factories Act of 1948 and pollution legislations. (4)

INTERNATIONAL HRM: Model, Variables that outline difference between local and International HRM approaches to IHRM, Linking HRM to International Expansion Strategies. (6)

73

TRENDS IN HR: HR Outsourcing – HRIS – Management of Turnover and retention – Workforce Rationalization – Managing Separation and Rightsizing – Case studies in Trends in Employee Engagement and Retention. (6)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Gary Dessler & Biju Varkkey, ―Human Resource Management‖, Pearson Publications, New Delhi, 2012. 2. Rao VSP., ―Human Resources Management Text and Cases‖, Excel Books, 2010.

REFERENCES: 1. Aswathappa K, ―Human Resource and Personnel Management – Text and Cases‖, Tata McGraw Hill, 2011. 2. Bernardin H John., ―Human Resource Management – An experiential Approach‖, Tata McGraw Hill, 2007. 3. Cascio H, Wayne, ―Managing Human Resources – Productivity, Quality of Work Life and Profits‖, Tata McGraw Hill, 2004. 4. Dezenzo A David and Robbins P Robbins, ―Human Resource Management‖, John Wiley and Sons, Inc, MA., 2002.

15OH64 INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY 3 0 0 3 INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY: Introduction – Concept and Meaning – Characteristics and Scope. (3)

GROUP DYNAMICS: Individual behaviour – Group behavior – Features of Group – Formation and Development – Types of Groups – Group Structure and Cohesiveness. (6)

PERCEPTION AND ATTITUDE: Importance of Perception – Need for Shaping Perception – Workplace Attitude. (3)

MOTIVATION AND LEADERSHIP: Meaning – Types - Motivation Theories - Implications of Motivational Theories in Workplace – Ways for Improving Employee Motivation – Leadership Styles Theories – Ethical Leadership. (6)

INTERPERSONAL RELATIONSHIP: Managing emotions – Emotional Intelligence – Building Interpersonal Relations– Managing the Boss – Dealing with Subordinates. (6)

STRESS: Dynamics – Types – Signs – Causes – Workplace Stress and Coping Strategies. (4)

ORGANISATION CULTURE: Meaning – Types – Importance – Changing Organizational Culture and Matching People with Organizational Culture – Working Environment. (5)

INDUSTRIAL FATIGUE BOREDOM: Types of Industrial Fatigue – Symptoms – Causes and Remedies of Industrial Fatigue Industrial Boredom – Causes – Effective Ways to Reduce Boredom. (6)

JOB SATISFACTION: Job Satisfaction – Consequences – Tips for Reducing Job Dissatisfaction. (3)

PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT: Concept – Objectives – Process – Methods of Performance Evaluation. (3)

Total L: 45

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Vikram Bisen & Priya, ―Industrial Psychology‖, New Age International (P) Ltd., Publishers, 2010. 2. Michael G Aamodt, ―Industrial / Organizational Psychology-An Applied Approach‖, Wadsworth Cengage Learning, 2012.

REFERENCES: 1. Harold Koontz, Heinz Weihrich and Ramachandra Aryasri, ―Principles of Management‖, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2004. 2. Ronald Riggio, ―Introduction to Industrial and Organizational Psychology‖, Pearson Publication, 2012.

15OH65 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT 3 0 0 3 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT: Meaning, Definition and Significance of Management, Basic Functions of Management – Planning, Organizing, Staffing, Directing and Controlling. (5)

ENGINEERS AND ORGANIZATIONAL ENVIRONMENT: Social, Economic, Technological and Political. Social Responsibility of Engineers. (3)

74

MANAGEMENT CONCEPTS: MBO, Theory Z, Kaizen, Six Sigma, Quality Circles and TQM. (Case Study) (5)

BUSINESS PROCESS REENGINEERING: Need for BPR, Various phases of BPR, Production and Productivity in six sigma and TQM – Factors Influencing Productivity. (7)

ORGANISATIONAL BEHAVIOUR: Significance of OB, Role of Leadership, Personality and Motivation, Stress, Attitudes, Values and Perceptions at work. (7)

INDUSTRIAL AND BUSINESS ORGANIZATION: Growth of Industries (Small Scale, Medium Scale and Large Scale Industries). Forms of Business Organizations. Resource Management – Internal and External Sources. (6)

MANAGING INFORMATION: Why Information Matters – Strategic Importance of Information – Cost of Useful Information – Getting and Sharing Information. (6)

WELFARE IN INDUSTRY: Working condition, service facilities, legal legislation – Factories Act, 1948 and Workmen‘s Compensation Act. (6)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Harold Koontz, Heinz Weihrich and Ramachandra Aryasri, ―Principles of Management‖, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2004. 2. Chuck Williams & Manas Ranjan Tripathy, ―Principles of Management‖, Cengage Learning India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2013.

REFERENCES: 1. Gupta C.B., ―Management Theory and Practice‖, Sultan Chand and Sons, New Delhi, 2009. 2. Rao V.S.P., ―Management Text and Cases‖, Excel books, New Delhi, 2009. 3. Fred Luthans, ―Organisational Behaviour‖, Mc-Graw Hill, New York, 2005. 4. Robert Kreitner, ―Management Theory and Application‖, Cengage Learning India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2010.

15OH66 BUSINESS STATISTICS 3 0 0 3 STATISTICS INTRODUCTION: Definition, Types of Statistics, Types of Variables, Descriptive Measures, Basic Definition and Rules of Probability, Independence of Events. (9)

DESCRIPTIVES MEASURES: Measures of central tendency, dispersion, Probability Distributions. (6)

SAMPLING: Definition, Selection of Statistical tools, Sampling Methods, Sampling Frame determining the sample size. (6)

HYPOTHESIS TESTING: ANOVA- Independent sample t test, Paired t test. (4)

PARAMETRIC TEST: Concept, Chi square tests for Association and homogeneity, One sample t test. (4)

CORRELATION AND REGRESSION: Karl Pearson Correlation, Linear regression (Both manual and software applications), Components, Trend-Method of least squares and moving averages, seasonal variation-Simple average method only. (10)

STATISTICAL DECISION THEORY: Uncertainty and risk and Decision tree analysis (6)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Nandagopal, Arulrajan and Vivek., ―Research Methods‖, Excel Books, 2007. 2. Levin R.I. and Rubin D., ―Quantitative Approaches to Management‖, McGraw Hill, 2012.

REFERENCES: 1. Viswanathan P.K., ―Business Statistics‖, Pearson Education, 2007. 2. Anderson Sweeney Williams., ―Quantitative Methods for Business‖, Thomson South Western, 2011. 3. Naval Bajpai., ―Business Statistics‖, Pearson Education, 2013.

15OH67 DISASTER MANAGEMENT 3 0 0 3 INTRODUCTION: Disaster – Definition, Factors and Significance, Difference between Hazard and Disaster, History of Disasters and Types, Disaster Aids. (4)

75

NATURAL DISASTERS: Cyclones, Floods, Drought and Desertification - Earthquake, Tsunami, Landslides and Avalanche. (5) MAN MADE DISASTERS: Chemical industrial hazards, major power breakdowns, traffic accidents, Fire, War, Atom bombs, Nuclear disaster.- Forest Fire-Oil fire –accident in Mines. (8)

GEOSPATIAL TECHNOLOGY: Remote sensing, GIS and GPS applications in real time disaster monitoring, prevention and rehabilitation- disaster mapping. (8)

RISK ASSESSMENT AND MITIGATION: Hazards, Risks and Vulnerabilities. -Disasters in and India ,Assessment of Disaster Vulnerability of a location and vulnerable groups- Preparedness and Mitigation measures for various Disasters- Mitigation through capacity building -Preparation of Disaster Management Plans. (8)

DISASTER MANAGEMENT: Legislative responsibilities of disaster management- Disaster management act 2005- post disaster recovery & rehabilitation, Relief & Logistics Management; disaster related infrastructure development- Post Disaster, Emergency Support Functions and their coordination mechanism. (8)

GLOBAL PERSPECTIVE: Study of Environmental Impacts Induced by Human Activity, Industrial Accidents, Outbreaks of Disease and Epidemics, War and Conflicts. (4)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Ramana Murthy., ―Disaster Management‖, Dominant, New Delhi, 2004. 2. Rajdeep Dasgupta., ―Disaster Management and Rehabilitation‖, Mittal Publishers, New Delhi, 2007.

REFERENCES: 1. ―Disaster Management in India - A Status Report- Published by the National Disaster Management Institute‖, Ministry of Home Affairs, Govt. of India, 2004. 2. Murthy D B N., ―Disaster Management: Text and Case Studies‖, Deep and Deep Publications (P) Ltd., New Delhi, 2007. 3. Sundar I and Sezhiyan T., ―Disaster Management‖, Sarup and Sons, New Delhi, 2007.Khanna B K., ―All You Wanted To Know About Disasters‖, New India Publishing Agency, New Delhi, 2005.

15OH68 FINANCIAL AND MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING 3 0 0 3 INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING: Meaning, Definition and significance of Accounting, Accounting Principles, Concepts and Conventions, Classifications of Accounts. (9)

BASIC ACCOUNTING: Journal Entry, Ledger, and Trial Balance Sheet, preparation of final accounts: Trading, Profit & Loss Account, Balance sheet. (9)

BASIC FINANCIAL STATEMENTS: Meaning – Types of Financial Analysis Income Statement, common analysis, trend analysis, ratio analysis, corporate cash flow, DuPont Model. (9)

COST ACCOUNTING: Accounting for overheads, Cost sheet, Marginal and Absorption costing, Break even analysis, Effect on profits, Activity Based Costing system. (6)

ACCOUNTING FOR DECISION MAKING: CVP Analysis -Relevant Costs and Revenue for Decision Making, Pricing Decisions, Operational Decisions, Exploring New markets, Make or buy decisions. (6)

ACCOUNTING FOR PLANNING AND CONTROLLING: Budgets, Budgetary Control -Variance Analysis - Cost and Financial Variances. (6)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Ambrish Gupta., ―Financial Accounting for Management - An Analytical Perspective‖, Pearson, 2012. 2. Charles T. Horngren, Gary L. Sundem, William O. Stratton, Dave Burgstahler and Jeff O. Schatzberg., ―Introduction to Management Accounting‖, Global Edition, Pearson, 2013.

REFERENCES: 1. Colin Drury., ―Cost and Management Accounting - An Introduction‖, Cengage Learning EMEA, 2011.

76

2. Khan M.Y. and Jain P.K., ―Management Accounting‖, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2010. 3. Sanjay Dhamija., ―Financial Accounting for Managers‖, Pearson, 2012.

15OH69 MARKETING MANAGEMENT 3 0 0 3 FUNDAMENTALS OF MARKETING: Meaning & Definition, The Perspectives on Marketing, Selling Vs Marketing, Marketing Environment- Internal & External, prospects & Challenges of marketing in Global Environment. (9)

MARKETING STRATEGY: Formulating Marketing Strategy, Key Drivers of Marketing Strategy, Marketing Strategies- Marketing Mix Components. (7)

COMPETITOR ANALYSIS: Analysis of Consumer & Industrial Markets, Building Competitive Advantage. (6)

MARKETING MIX DECISIONS: Product Planning &Development, Product Cycle, New Product Development, Market Segmentation, Targeting and Positioning, Advertising & Sales Promotion, Pricing objectives, Pricing policies & Methods. (10)

BUYER BEHAVIOUR: Understanding Industrial and Individual Buyer Behavior, Influencing Factors, Online Buying Behavior, Building Customer Satisfaction. (6)

MARKETING RESEARCH & TRENDS IN MARKETING: Marketing Information System, Marketing Research Process & Purpose, Ethics in Marketing, Online Marketing Trends. (7)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Philip Kortler and Kevin Lane Keller., ―Marketing Management‖, PH, 2012. 2. Ramaswamy V S and Namakumari S., ―Marketing Management‖, Global Perspective Indian Context, Macmillian Publishers India Ltd, 2009.

REFERENCES: 1. Baines et al., ―Marketing‖, Oxford, 2014. 2. Lamb and Hara., ―MKTG‖, Cengage Publications, 2013. 3. Chandrasekar K. S., ―Marketing Management Text and Cases‖, Tata McGraw Hill Vijaynicole, 2010.

15OH70 DEFENCE PRACTICES AND DISASTER MANAGEMENT 3 0 0 3 HISTORY & ENVIRONMENTAL AWARENESS: NCC- Army, Navy, Air force; Aim and Motto; Ranks and Equivalent Ranks; Honors and Awards; Organization; Training – Nation Building; Civil affairs; Social Service & Needs; Environment & Ecology; Pollution; Rain Water Harvesting; Law and Order; Corruption. (7) WEAPONS: Introduction; Types of Weapons; Armed Forces Fighting Arms; Service Corps; Section Formation & Types; Firing Order; Judging Distance; Types of Land; Working Principle of Rifle, Tank, Missiles; Characteristics of supporting Rifle and its ammunitions; Field Craft and Battle Craft; Fighting - Role of Fighting Arms and map reading. (7)

DISASTER MANAGEMENT: Definition; Types of Disaster; Elements of Disaster Management, Foundations of Disaster Studies- Review of Concepts, Organizations – NDMA, NIDM, NDMRT, NEC, Disaster Mitigation, Disaster Preparedness, Disaster Relief, Reconstruction Planning, Economic and Social Rehabilitation, Globalization and Disaster Studies, Social Science and Domains Approach. (7)

LIFE SKILL MANAGEMENT: Introduction; Concept of Life Skills; Internalizing of Life Skills; Self awareness and Empathy; Knowing Myself; Self care; Empathizing with others; Creative Thinking & Critical Thinking; Practicing Decision making & Problem Solving; Effective Communication – Inter Personal Relationship; Coping with Emotions & Stress; Facilitation skills – Verbal & Non verbal; Training Methodologies. (7)

HEALTH AND HYGIENE: Anatomy, Physiology, Microbiology – Personal and Mental Health ; Infectious and Contagious Diseases, its prevention; First Aid in common Medical Emergencies; Basics of Home Nursing; Treatment and care of Wounds and Fractures. (7) FIELD TRAINING: Foot Drill; Handling-Inspection Training; MapReading; Physical Proficiency Training; Introduction to Yoga. (10) Total L: 45

77

TEXT BOOKS: 1. ―Cadets Hand Book for Senior Division‖, OTA, Kamptee. 2. Schneid T and Collins L, ―Disaster Management and Preparedness‖, Lewis Publishers, Washington, D.C, 1998.

REFERENCES: 1. ―Facilitator's Manual on Enhancing Life Skills‖ Rajiv Gandhi National Institute of Youth Development, 2009. 2. Manoj J.S., ―Health and Hygiene‖, Agra University Publication. 3. United States. War Dept. Military Intelligence Division ―Japanese infantry weapons‖, The Division, 1943. 4. http://nccindia.nic.in/.

ENGLISH

15OH75 ENGLISH AND SOFT SKILLS FOR EMPLOYABILITY 3 0 0 3 SELF MANAGEMENT AND ATTITUDES: Self Concept, Stress management, Positive attitude, Influential Skills, Initiative, Empathy, Social Etiquette (5)

COMMUNICATION STYLES : Presentation Skills, Interpersonal Communication Skills, Interviewing Skills, Verbal and Nonverbal (body language) skills, Active Listening, Professional Writing, Effective email writing (16)

TEAM WORK: Inter team cooperation, Intra team cooperation, Diversity, Productivity, Goal Setting and action (4)

LEADERSHIP SKILLS: Empowerment, Planning, Establishing Credibility, Vision & direction, Supervision, Mentoring, Decision- making, Creativity, Flexibility, Team problem solving (5)

MANAGING TIME AND PRESSURES: Managing Change, Time management, Effective meetings (5)

EFFECTIVE AND EXCELLENT CUSTOMER SERVICE: Communication with the customer- telephonic and online services, Managing conflicts or Challenging communication, Setting and resetting customer expectations, Building customer confidence, Growing customer relationship, Opportunity management, Developing team approach to meet customer needs. (10)

Total L: 45 TEXTBOOK: 1. Monograph prepared by the Faculty, Department of English, 2015.

REFERENCES: 1. Charles J and Stewart William B Cash, ―Interviewing: Principles and Practices‖, Tata Mc-Graw Hill, New Delhi, 2010. 2. Rao M S, ―Soft Skills –Enhancing Employability- Connecting Campus with Corporate‖, IK International Publishing House, New Delhi, 2010. 3. Simon Sweeney, ―English for Business Communication‖, Cambridge University Press, New Delhi, 2012.

15OH76 ENGLISH FOR COMPETITIVE EXAMINATIONS 3 0 0 3 READING COMPREHENSION: Focus on different levels of Comprehension- Literal, Inferential, Analytical and Critical reasoning (7) Identifying key words and signal words, decoding the building blocks of a passage, understanding jargons and double distractors (2) LISTENING COMPREHENSION: Micro skills and Macro skills of Listening (4) Identifying tone and purpose, eliminating distracters in objective type questions (2) SPEAKING : Sub skills of speaking- Genre-specific oral communication (4) VERBAL ABILITY: Word formation and expansion, Selecting and ordering words - Identifying and correlating synonyms and antonyms - Collocations (5) Sentence Completion (5) Verbal analogies (3) Spotting and correcting errors (4) WRITING : Mapping ideas, developing points and employing Variety in sentence types (3) Referencing, Ellipsis and substitution in writing – Skillful paragraphing (unity, coherence and cohesion) (3)

78

Register and Tone in Critical, Analytical writing -Useful Language for describing graphs -Expressing strong opinions (3) Total L: 45 TEXTBOOK: 1. Monograph prepared by the Faculty, Department of English, 2015

REFERENCES: 1. Kaplan, ―GRE Complete 2016: The Ultimate in Comprehensive Self-Study for GRE‖ Kaplan Publishing, 2015. 2. Bruce Stirling, ―Speaking and Writing Strategies for the TOEFL IBT‖, Nova Press, 2009. 3. Lin Lougheed, ― Barron's IELTS: International English Language Testing System‖ , Barron's Educational Series, 2013. 4. Sujit Kumar, ―Verbal Ability for the CAT‖ , Pearson Education India, South India, 2011.

15OH77 GERMAN LANGUAGE – INTERNATIONAL LEVEL A1.1

3 0 0 3

GUTEN TAG! - LEARNING: To greet, learn numbers till 20, practice telephone numbers & e mail address, learn alphabet, speak about countries & languages ; Vocabulary: related to the topic; Grammar: W – Questions, Verbs & Personal nouns I. (7.5)

FREUNDE, KOLLEGEN UND ICH - LEARNING: To speak about hobbies, jobs, learn numbers from 20; Vocabulary: related to the topic; Grammar: Articles, Verbs & Personal pronouns II, sein & haben verbs, ja/nein Frage, singular/plural. (7.5)

IN DER STADT – LEARNING: To know places, buildings, question, know transport systems, understand international words; Vocabulary: related to the topic; Grammar: Definite & indefinite articles, Negotiation, Imperative with Sie. (7.5)

GUTEN APPETIT! – LEARNING: To speak about food, shop, converse; Vocabulary: related to the topic; Grammar: Sentence position, Accusative, Accusative with verbs. (7.5)

TAG FΫR TAG – LEARNING: To learn time related expressions, speak about family, ask excuse, fix appointments on phone; Vocabulary: related to the topic; Grammar: Preposition – am, im, um, von…bis, Possessive articles, Modalverbs. (7.5)

ZEIT MIT FREUNDEN – LEARNING: To speak about birthdays, understand & write invitations, converse in the restaurant; Vocabulary: related to the topic; Grammar: Accusative personal pronouns and prepositions. (7.5)

Total L: 45 TEXTBOOK: 1. Stefanie Dengler, ―Netzwerk A1.1‖, Goyal Publishers & Distributors Pvt. Ltd., Delhi, 2015.

REFERENCES: 1. Johannes Gerbes, ―Fit fϋrs Goethe-Zertifikat A1‖, Goyal Publishers & Distributors Pvt. Ltd., Delhi, 2010. 2. Paul Rusch, ―Einfach Grammatik‖, Goyal Publishers & Distributors Pvt. Ltd., Delhi, 2012. 3. Hermann Funk, ―studio d A1‖, Goyal Publishers & Distributors Pvt. Ltd., Delhi, 2009.

15OH78 GERMAN LANGUAGE – INTERNATIONAL LEVEL A1.2

3 0 0 3

KONTAKTE - LEARNING: To arrange appointments, understand and give instructions, understand and reply letters, find information in the text, identify the situations and understand the conversation ; Vocabulary: related to the topic; Grammar: Dative Preposition & Article , Accusative Possessive Article. (7.5)

MEINE WOHNUNG - LEARNING: To understand the advertisements related to flats/ho uses, describe a flat, write a text about a flat; Vocabulary: related to the topic; Grammar: Adjective with sein ( sehr/zu), wechselpreposition with Dat. (7.5)

ALLES ARBEIT? – LEARNING: To describe daily routine, talk about the past, speake about jobs, position, advertisements, prepare telephone conversation; Vocabulary: related to the topic; Grammar: Conjunctions, Perfect tense ( regular & irregular verbs ). (7.5)

79

KLEIDUNG UND MODE – LEARNING: To speak about clothes, understand the conversation at shopping centers, about Berlin. Vocabulary: related to the topic; Grammar: Perfect tense (trennbare & nicht trennbare verbs), personal pronomen & verbs with Dat. (7.5)

GESUND UND MUNTER – LEARNING: To make personal statements, name body parts, understand sport activities, conversation with the doctor, get & give tips to healthy life, e mail writing; Vocabulary: related to the topic; Grammar: Imperative, Modalverbs. (7.5) AB IN DEN URLAUB! – LEARNING: To suggest a city tour, describe the directions, write a postcard, describe the weather, make a complain in the hotel, speak about the trips, letter writing ; Vocabulary: related to the topic; Grammar: Adverbs (time). (7.5)

Total L : 45 TEXTBOOK: 1. Stefanie Dengler, ―‗Netzwerk A1.2‖, Goyal Publishers & Distributors Pvt. Ltd., Delhi, 2015.

REFERENCES: 1. Johannes Gerbes,‖‗Fit fϋrs Goethe-Zertifikat A1‖, Goyal Publishers & Distributors Pvt. Ltd., Delhi, 2010. 2. Paul Rusch, ―Einfach Grammatik‖, Goyal Publishers & Distributors Pvt. Ltd., Delhi, 2012. 3. Hermann Funk, ―studio d A1‖, Goyal Publishers & Distributors Pvt. Ltd., Delhi, 2009.

APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND COMPUTATIONAL SCIENCES

15OH81 DATA STRUCTURES AND ALGORITHMS 2 2 0 3

INTRODUCTION: Data structures - Abstract Data Types - Basic data structures –Arrays, stacks, queues and linked lists-Operations and applications (5)

ALGORITHMS: Introduction-Analysis of algorithms - Best, worst and average case time complexities - notations. (2)

TREES: Terminologies – Binary tree- Sequential and linked representation -operations - Traversals - Expression trees - Infix, Postfix and Prefix expressions – Heaps- Max heap-Min heap. (4)

SORTING AND SEARCHING: Insertion sort, selection sort, heap sort, count sort and radix sort - searching, Linear Search. (4)

BINARY SEARCH TREES: Searching – Insertion and deletion of elements-Balanced BST- AVL trees-Definition – searching – insertion and deletion of elements, AVL rotations (4) MULTIWAY SEARCH TREES: Indexed Sequential Access – m-way search trees – B-Tree – searching, insertion and deletion. (3)

GRAPHS: Definition – representations (Adjacency matrix, packed adjacency list and linked adjacency list) – Graph search methods (Breadth first and depth first traversals) . (2)

DIVIDE AND CONQUER: Method – Merge sort, Quick sort, Binary Search. (3) GREEDY METHOD: Optimization problems – method – examples – Minimum cost spanning tree (Kruskal‘s and prim‘s algorithms), Knapsack problem (3) TUTORIAL PRACTICE: Implementation of the following problems: 1. Sparse and dense Matrix operations using arrays. 2. Linked Lists: Singly linked, Doubly linked and Circular lists. 3. Problems using Stacks. 4. Problems using Queues. 5. Binary trees 6. Problems related to sorting and searching algorithms. 7. Binary search tree 8. Minimum cost spanning tree Total L: 30+T:30 = 60 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Michael T. Goodrich, Roberto Tamassia and David Mount, ―Data Structures and Algorithms in C++‖, John Wiley, 2011. 2. Mark Allen Weiss, ―Data Structures and Algorithm Analysis in C++‖, Addison-Wesley, 2013.

REFERENCES: 1. Aaron M Tanenbaum, Moshe J Augenstein and Yedidyah Langsam, "Data structures using C and C++", Prentice Hall, New Delhi, 2005. 2. Robert L Kruse and Clovis L Tondo, ―Data Structures and Program design in C‖, Pearson Education, 2013.

80

3. SahniSartaj, "Data Structures, Algorithms and Applications in C++", Silicon Press, 2011.

15OH82 OPTIMIZATION TECHNIQUES 2 2 0 3

LINEAR PROGRAMMING: Graphical method for two dimensional problems – Central problems of Linear Programming – Definitions – Simplex Algorithm – Phase I and Phase II of Simplex Method. (8)

CONVEX OPTIMIZATION: Convex sets and cones- Convex functions- Convex optimization problems- linear and quadratic programs; second-order cone and semi-definite programs; quasi-convex optimization problems; vector and multi-criterion optimization. (5)

SIMPLEX MULTIPLIERS: Dual and Primal – Dual Simplex Method – Revised Simplex Method - Sensitivity Analysis – Transportation problem and its solution – Assignment problem and its solution by Hungarian method – Karmakar‘s method – Statement, Conversion of the Linear Programming problem into the required form, Algorithm. (7)

INTEGER PROGRAMMING: Gomory cutting plane methods for all integer and mixed integer programming problems - Branch and Bound method (Land – Dolg and Dakin algorithms) – Zero-One Implicit enumeration Algorithm. (5)

DYNAMIC PROGRAMMING: Principle of Optimality – Backward and forward induction methods- Calculus method of solution- Tabular method of solution – Shortest path network problems – Applications in production. (5)

TUTORIAL PRACTICE: 1. Solving inequalities using Simplex, Two-phase, Dual simplex methods, Revised simplex method. 2. Finding initial basic feasible solution using (i) North-West corner rule(ii) Matrix minimum and (iii) Vogel‘s approximation method and also perform optimalitytest using MODI method. 3. Solving Assignment problem using Hungarian method. 4. Gomory;s cutting plane methods for all IPP and mixed IPP. 5. Solving Dynamic Programming problems. 6. Critical path for the given PERT and CPM networks. Total L: 30+T:30 = 60 TEXT BOOK: 1. Hamdy A Taha, ―Operations Research – An Introduction‖, Prentice Hall, 2011. 2. Slephen Boyd and Lieven Vandenberghe ― Convex Optimization‖ Cambridge University Press, 2009.

REFERENCES: 1. Hillier F and Liberman G J, ―Introduction to Operations Research‖, McGraw Hill, 2014. 2. Kambo N S, ―Mathematical Programming Techniques‖, East-West Press, 2012. 3. Singiresu S Rao, ―Engineering optimization theory and Practice‖, John Wiley, 2014.

15OH83 DATA SCIENCE 2 2 0 3

INTRODUCTION TO DATA SCIENCE : Data wrangling, cleaning, and sampling to get a suitable data set - Mathematics for understanding the data – Descriptive statistics : Visualizing Data - Central Tendency –Variability –Standardizing -Normal Distribution -Sampling Distributions. (6)

DATA MANIPULATION AT SCALE: Parallel databases, parallel query processing, in-database analytics, MapReduce, Hadoop, Key-value stores and NoSQL; tradeoffs of SQL and NoSQL. (5)

DATA ANALYTICS USING STATISTICAL TECHNIQUES : Review of univariate regression, multiple regression - Linear regression and related methods - splines and regularization - Kernel methods - Generalized additive models - Kernel smoothing - Gaussian mixtures and EM algorithm - Geometry, subspaces, orthogonality, projections, normal equations, rank deficiency, estimable functions and Gauss-Markov theorem - Computation via QR decomposition, Gramm-Schmidt orthogonalization and the SVD - Multivariate normal distribution. (11)

COMMUNICATING RESULTS : Visualization - descriptive statistics and visualization, privacy, ethics – multivariate visualization. (3) SPECIAL TOPICS : Graph Analytics: structure, traversals, analytics, PageRank, community detection, recursive queries, Semantic web. (3)

CASE STUDY: Community Detection – Collaborative Network – Opinion mining – Co-citation network (2)

TUTORIAL PRACTICE: 1. Introduction to R and problems using R.

81

2. Collect datasets from Kaggle and Data Analysis. 3. Implementation of various predictive models. 4. Generate the results using Confidence levels. 5. Implementation of SVD. Total L: 30+T:30 = 60 TEXT BOOK: 1. AnandRajaraman and Jeffrey David Ullman, ―Mining of Massive Datasets‖, Cambridge University Press, 2011. 2. Ravi Kannan and John Hopcroft, ―Foundations of Data Science‖, 2013.

REFERENCES: 1. Johannes Ledolter, ‗Data Mining and Business Analytics with R‘, John Wiley & Sons, 2013 2. Gareth James and Daniel Witten, Trevor Hastie, Robert Tibshirani, ―An Introduction to Statistical Learning with Applications in R‖, Springer, 2013. 3. Michael T. Longnecker, R. Lyman Ott,‖ An Introduction to Statistical Methods and Data Analysis‖, Cengage Learning 2008. 4. T. Hastie, R. Tibshirani, and J. Friedman, ―The elements of statistical learning: data mining, inference, and prediction‖, Springer, 2009. 5. Matthew A. Russell,‖Mining the Social Web: Analyzing Data from Facebook, Twitter, LinkedIn, and Other Social Media Sites‖, O'Reilly Media, 2013. 6. Philipp K. Janert, ―Data Analysis with Open Source Tools‖, O'Reilly Media, 2010.

15OH84 DATA VISUALIZATION 2 2 0 3

INTRODUCTION: Information visualization – Theoretical foundations – Information visualization types – Design principles - A framework for producing data visualization (5)

STATIC DATA VISUALIZATION – tools – working with various data formats (3)

DYNAMIC DATA DISPLAYS: Introduction to web based visual displays – deep visualization – collecting sensor data – visualization – D3 framework - Introduction to Many eyes and bubble charts (6)

MAPS – Introduction to building choropleth maps (3)

TREES – Network visualizations – Displaying behavior through network graphs (6)

BIG DATA VISUALIZATION – Visualizations to present and explore big data – visualization of text data and Protein sequences (7) TUTORIAL PRACTICE: Note: Explore software like R, Python, Google Vision, Google Refine, and ManyEyes ; Data sets are available on Gap minder, Flowing data

1. Visualization of static data. 2. Visualization of web data. 3. Visualization of sensor data. 4. Visualization of protein data. Total L: 30 + T: 30 = 60

TEXT BOOK: 1. Ware C and Kaufman M,‖Visual thinking for design‖, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, 2008.

REFERENCES: 1. Chakrabarti, S, ―Mining the web: Discovering knowledge from hypertext data ―,Morgan Kaufman Publishers, 2003. 2. Fry,‖Visualizing data‖, Sebastopo‖,O‘Reily, 2007.

15OH85 ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE 2 2 0 3

INTRODUCTION: The foundations of AI - The History of AI- Intelligent agents- Agent based system. (2)

PROBLEM SOLVING: State Space models- Searching for solution- Uninformed/Blind search - Informed/ Heuristic search - A* search - Hill-climbing search- Genetic Algorithm– Markovian Decision Process (MDP) – Maximum value policies, Adversarial games– value/policy iteration – Minimax – Alpha-beta pruning – Temporal difference (TD) - Constraint satisfaction problem - factor graphs - Backtracking search. (8)

KNOWLEDGE REPRESENTATION AND REASONING: Knowledge representation - Logics – First order logic- Inference in first order logic – Higher order logic - Markov logic. (5)

82

UNCERTAIN KNOWLEDGE AND PROBABILISTIC REASONING: Uncertainty-Probabilistic reasoning - Semantics of Bayesian network -, Exact inference in Bayesian network- Approximate inference in Bayesian network- Direct sampling methods, Inference by Markov chain simulation - Probabilistic reasoning over time – Hidden Markov Models. (5)

DECISION-MAKING: basics of utility theory, sequential decision problems - decision network– policy -Decision process in infinite horizon: Optimal policy, Value iteration - policy iteration- Partially observable decision process – Decisions in Multi agent system: elementary game theory, (6)

LEARNING: Learning from observation - Knowledge in learning – Supervised Learning - Unsupervised and Reinforcement learning. (2)

ROBOTICS: Introduction. (2)

TUTORIAL PRACTICE: Lab assignments will be provided for all the topics given below. 1. A* algorithm for 8 –puzzle and Missionaries and Cannibals problem. 2. Hill climbing and genetic algorithm 3. Constraint satisfaction techniques, 4. Simple games – minimax and expectimax 5. Logic based exercises. 6. Implementing HMM models 7. Applications of sequential decision making and multi agent decision making 8. Implementing decision network and dynamic networks. Total L: 30+T: 30 = 60

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Stuart Russell and Peter Norvig, ―Artificial Intelligence: A Modern Approach‖, Pearson Education, 2014. 2. David Pool and Alan Mackworth, ―Artificial Intelligence: Foundations of Computational agents‖, Cambridge University,2011. 3. Daphne Koller and N Friedman, ―Probabilistic Graphical Models - Principles and Techniques‖, MIT, 2009. 4. Tsang and Edward, ―Foundations of Constraint Satisfaction: The Classic Text‖, BoD–Books on Demand, 2014.

REFERENCES: 1. Christopher M.Bishop, ―Pattern Recognition and Machine Learning‖, Springer, 2013. 2. Nils J. Nilsson, ―The Quest for Artificial Intelligence: A History of Ideas and achievements‖, Cambridge University Press, 2010.

15OH86 PERVASIVE COMPUTING 2 2 0 3

INTRODUCTION: Past, present, future; the pervasive computing market, m-Business, challenges and future of pervasive computing - modelling key for pervasive computing - pervasive system environment interaction - architectural design for pervasive system, application examples of pervasive computing: Healthcare, Tracking, emergency information systems, home networking appliances and entertainment. (4)

DEVICE TECHNOLOGY FOR PERVASIVE COMPUTING: Hardware,computing devices and their characteristics - pervasive information access devices-smart identification, smart card, labels, tokens - embedded controls, smart sensors, actuators -Human- machine interfaces, Biometrics - Various operating systems for pervasive devices. (4)

COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES FOR PERVASIVE COMPUTING: Connecting the world – WWAN, SRWC, DECT, Bluetooth, IrDA – mobile internet – internet protocols. Audio networks, data networks - wireless data networks - pervasive networks - service oriented networks - network design issues - Managing smart devices in virtual environments, human user-centered and physical environments - pervasive computing issues and outlook. (6)

APPROACHES FOR DEVELOPING PERVASIVE APPLICATIONS: Categorization - smart services for pervasive application development - developing mobile applications – presentation transcoding – device independent view component – heterogeneity of device platforms - Context Awareness and Mobility to build pervasive applications. (6)

CONTEXT AWARE SYSTEMS: Modelling - mobility awareness - spatial awareness - temporal awareness - ICT system awareness - Intelligent Systems - basic concepts- autonomous systems - reflective and self-aware systems - self management and autonomic computing - complex systems. (6)

LOCATION AWARE SYSTEMS: Basic concepts - location modelling - Introduction to location management – DNS Server, server process, client process – location update – location inquiry-location management cost – network topology – mobility pattern, memory less movement model, Markovian Model, Shortest distance model, Gauss-Markov model, Activity Based Model, Mobility Trace. (4)

TUTORIAL PRACTICE: 1. Create application with onClick, onKeyDown, onFocusChanged Event Handlers.

83

2. Create application with Toast Notifications. 3. Create application with Android's Advanced User Interface Functions. 4. Create Android Audio/Video Application. 5. Create application to Create, Modify and Query an SQLite Database. 6. Create application that Works with an Android Content Provider. 7. Create application that performs Data Storage and Retrieval from Android External Storage. 8. Create Location-Aware application that uses Proximity Alerts and Google Maps API. 9. Implementation of small packages to demonstrate all APIs. Note: All implementations using android. Total L: 30+T:30=60

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Stefan Poslad, ―Ubiquitous Computing - Smart Devices, Environment and Interactions‖, John Wiley, 2011. 2. Adelstein F and Gupta S K S, ―Fundamentals of Mobile and Pervasive Computing‖, Tata McGraw Hill, 2008.

REFERENCES: 1. Guruduth Banavar, Norman Cohen, Chandra Narayanaswami, ―Pervasive Computing: An Application-Based Approach‖, Wiley Inter Science, 2012. 2. Mohammed Ilyas and ImadMahgoub, ―Mobile Computing Handbook‖, Auerbach Publications, 2005. 3. Burkhardt, Henn, Hepper and Rintdorff, Schaeck. ―Pervasive Computing‖, Pearson Education, 2009. 4. AshokeTalukdar and RoopaYavagal, ―Mobile Computing‖, Tata McGraw Hill, 2010.

15OH87 PARALLEL AND DISTRIBUTED COMPUTING 2 2 0 3

INTRODUCTION: Concepts and Terminology – Generic Processor / ASIC Processor Architecture – Pipeline Architecture – Instruction Set Architecture - Types of Parallelism - Flynn's Classical Taxonomy – Terminology . (4)

PARALLEL COMPUTER MEMORY ARCHITECTURES: Shared Memory - Distributed Memory -Hybrid Distributed-Shared Memory Multiprocessors: Communication and Memory issues - Message Passing Architectures - Vector Processing and SIMD Architectures. (4)

PARALLEL PROGRAMMING MODELS: Overview -Shared Memory Model - Threads Model - Message Passing Model - Data Parallel Model - Other Models. (4)

DESIGNING PARALLEL PROGRAMS: Automatic vs. Manual Parallelization - Understand the Problem and the Program - Partitioning -Communications - Synchronization -Data Dependencies - Load Balancing -Granularity -I/O -Limits and Costs of Parallel Programming - Performance Analysis and Tuning - Parallel Examples -Array Processing - Compiler Transformation techniques for High performance computing: - Transformations for parallel Machines. (5)

PRAM ALGORITHMS& BSP: PRAM model of computation- Work-Time formalism and Brent‘s Theorem; algorithm design techniques-parallel prefix, pointer jumping, (3)

HIGH PERFORMANCE COMPUTING ARCHITECTURES - Latency Hiding Architectures -Multithreading Architectures -Dataflow Architectures. (3)

DISTRIBUTED COMPUTING: Introduction -- Definitions, motivation - Communication Mechanisms - Communication protocols,- RPC- RMI. HadoopArchitecture: History of HadoopHadoop Background-Architecture-Hadoop and RDBMS-Subprojects- Distributions-Documentation. Hadoop Distributed File System (HDFS): HDFS Clusters – NameNodes, Data Nodes & Clients. MapReduce:-Processing & Generating large data sets, Map functions, Programming MapReduce using SQL / Bash / Python, Parallel Processing, Failover. (7)

TUTORIAL PRACTICE: 1. Basic Master – Worker program and send messages. 2. Write a program to find the summation of largest number in a very larger array of integers. ( The contents of the array should be equally distributed to all processes ). 3. Write a parallel program in SPMD to calculate the PI value using integral approximation method. 4. Simple Matrix multiplication, Transpose, using parallel algorithm. 5. Select your own choice of very dense computational problem having divide and conquer method and implement it in parallel algorithm. And produce the performance chart with 2, 4, 6 and 8 nodes. 6. Hadoop setup – Map reduce – Programming models – Text mining. Total L:30+T:30=60

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Michael J Quinn, ― Parallel Computing : Theory And Practice‖, Tata Mcgraw-Hill,2004. 2. Joel M.Crichlow,‖ Distributed And Parallel Computing‖ , Prentice Hall, 2007. 3. Andrew S. Tanenbaum and Maarten van Steen, ― Distributed Systems, Principles and Paradigm‖, Prentice Hall, 2013. 4. Jason Sanders, Edward Kandrot, ―CUDA by Example: An Introduction to General-Purpose GPU Programming‖, Pearson Education, 2011.

84

REFERENCES: 1. Lynch N.N., ―Distributed Algorithms‖, Morgan Kaufmann, 2010. 2. Vijay K Garg, ―Elements of Distributed Computing‖, Wiley 2014. 3. Shane Cook, ―CUDA Programming: A Developer's Guide to Parallel Computing with GPUs (Applications of GPU 4. Computing)‖, Elsevier, 2013. 5. Tom White, ―Hadoop Definitive Guide‖, O‘Reily, 2012. 6. Srinath Perera, Thilina Gunarathne, ―Mapreduce Cook book‖, Packy Publishing, 2013. 7. David F. Bacon, Susan L. Graham and Oliver J. Sharp, ―Compiler Transformations for High Performance 8. Computing‖, Technical report, 1994.

15OH88 CYBER SECURITY 2 2 0 3

INTRODUCTION: Security Goals, Attacks, Services and Mechanisms – Techniques – Understanding Threats. (2)

CRYPTOGRAPHY: Basic encryption and decryption – Substitution, Transposition – AES- Public key cryptosystem: RSA cryptosystem –Data Integrity- Cryptography hash functions- Digital Signatures-Digital signature standard(DSS)- Authentication- Passwords- Biometrics-Interactive protocol- Key management – Diffie –Hellman Key exchange- Digital certificates. (8)

PROGRAM SECURITY: Secure Programs – Buffer overflows – Malware – viruses and other malicious code – Targeted Malicious code –Defense Mechanism. (6)

NETWORK SECURITY: Security at application layer: email security – SMIME- Security at transport layer: SSL protocol. Security at network layer: firewalls – intrusion detection system – IPsec (5)

WEB SECURITY: Overview, various types of web application vulnerabilities, Reconnaissance, Authentication, Authorization (Fuzzing and Privilege Escalation), Session Management, Cross Site Scripting (XSS),Cross Site Request Forgery (CSRF), SQL Injection and Blind SQL Injection. (5)

OS SECURITY: Memory and Address protection – Access Control –file protection mechanisms –User authentication –models of security –Trusted OS design. (4)

TUTORIAL PRACTICE: 1. Design of a Client server application for a basic cryptosystem. 2. Detection of a Buffer overflow attack. 3. Packet Sniffing using Wireshark Tool to perform the traffic analysis attack. 4. Key distribution using RSA (KDC) – Key hacking. 5. Key exchange using Diffie- Hellman technique – MITM attack. 6. Password authentication. 7. Transaction security using SQL Injection attacks. 8. Port scanning tools. 9. Performing attacks and testing with attack tools. 10. Security testing for Web applications. Total L:30+TP:30 = 60

TEXT BOOKS: 1. James Graham, Richard Howard and Ryan Olson, ―Cyber Security Essentials‖, CRC Press, USA, 2011 2. Behrouz A Forouzan, Debdeep Mukhopadhyay, ―Cryptography and Network Security‖, Tata Mc-Graw Hill, 2010.

REFERENCES: 1. William Stallings, ―Cryptography and Network Security‖, Prentice Hall, 2006. 2. Roberta Bragg, Mark Rhodes, Keith Strass Berg J, ―Network Security- The Complete Reference‖, Tata McGraw Hill, 2006. 3. Brian Sullivan, Vincent Liu, ―Web Application security: A beginners guide, Tata McGraw Hill, 2012. 4. Charles P Fleeger, Shari Lawrence P Fleeger, ―Security in Computing‖, Pearson Education, 2004.

15OH89 RANDOMIZED ALGORITHMS 2 2 0 3

INTRODUCTION: Randomized algorithms, randomized quick sort, Karger‘s min-cut algorithm Las Vegas and Monte Carlo algorithms, computational models and complexity classes. (4)

MOMENT, DEVIATION AND TAIL INEQUALITIES: Occupancy problem, Markov and Chebyshev inequalities- randomized selection- coupon collector‘s problem, the Chernoff bound- routing in a parallel computer- a wiring problem. (4)

PROBABILISTIC METHODS: Overview of the method – maximum satisfiability - finding a large cut, Expander graphs. (4)

85

MARKOV CHAINS AND RANDOMWALKS: Markov chains, Random walk on graphs - connectivity in undirected graphs – Expanders and rapidly mixing random walks. (4)

DATA STRUCTURES AND GRAPH ALGORITHMS: Random Treaps, hashing – hash tables – perfect hashing, skip lists - Fast min-cut. (4)

ONLINE ALGORITHMS: Paging problem-adversary models- paging against an oblivious adversary-relating the adversaries-the adaptive online adversary, k-server problem. (4)

PARALLEL AND DISTRIBUTED ALGORITHMS: Sorting on a PRAM – Maximal Independent sets. (3)

DERANDOMIZATION: The method of Conditional Probabilities – Derandomizing max-cut algorithm – Constructing pairwise independent values modulo a prime - Pairwise independent – large cut. (3)

TUTORIAL PRACTICE: 1. Implementation of randomized quick sort and solve real time problems using it. 2. Find solution for s-t min-cut problem adapting min cut algorithm. 3. Implementation of randomized selection and problems related to it. 4. Implementation of treap data structure. 5. Problems using randomized hash table. 6. Implement the shortest path and fast min-cut algorithms. 7. Implementation of randomized primality testing. Total L: 30+TP:30 = 60

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Motwani R and Raghavan P ―Randomized Algorithms‖, Cambridge University Press, 2010. 2. Michael Mitzenmacher and Eli Upfal, ―Probability & Computing: Randomized Algorithms and Probabilistic Analysis‖, Cambridge University Press, 2009.

REFERENCES: 1. Thomas H Cormen, Charles E Leiserson and Ronald L Rivest, ―Introduction toAlgorithms‖, MIT Press, 2009. 2. Jon Kleinberg and Eve Tardos, ―Algorithm Design‖, Pearson Education, 2012.

15OH90 APPROXIMATION ALGORITHMS 2 2 0 3

INTRODUCTION: Definition-performance ratios, vertex-cover problem. (3)

COMBINATORIAL ALGORITHMS: lower bounding techniques and Metric TSP, multiway cut problem, the minimum k-cut problem, FPTAS for knapsack, greedy algorithms for Makespan-PTAS for minimum Makespan, Euclidean TSP. (7)

LINEAR PROGRAMMING RELAXATIONS: LP-duality, min-max relations and LP-duality, rounding applied to vertex cover-simple rounding algorithm-randomized rounding, primal dual method and vertex cover. (5)

CUTS, METRICAL RELAXATIONS AND EMBEDDINGS: multiway cut, sum multi-commodity flow, some applications of multicut, rounding for Sparsest Cut via L1 Embeddings. (5)

SEMIDEFINITE PROGRAMMING: Strict quadratic programs and vector programs, properties of positive semidefinite matrices, the semidefinite programming problem, randomized rounding algorithm, improving the guarantee for MAX-2SAT. (5)

HARDNESS OF APPROXIMATION: reduction, graphs, and hardness factors, the PCP theorem, hardness of MAX-3SAT. (5)

TUTORIAL PRACTICE: 1. Implementation of vertex-cover algorithm. 2. Implementation of Greedy algorithm for makespan. 3. Problems related to Euclidean TSP. 4. Implementation of different algorithms with rounding. 5. Implementation of applications of multicut. Total L:30+T:30 = 60 TEXT BOOKS: 1. David P. Williamson, David B. Shmoys, ―the design of approximation algorithms‖, Cambridge university press, 2011 2. Vijay V. Vazirani, ―Approximation Algorithms‖, Springer Verlag, 2003.

REFERENCES: 1. Thomas H Cormen, Charles E Leiserson and Ronald L Rivest, ―Introduction to Algorithms‖, MIT Press, 2009. 2. Anany Levitin, ―Introduction to design and analysis of algorithm‖, Pearson Education, 2011.

86

15OH91 NETWORK SCIENCE 2 2 0 3 INTRODUCTION: Basics of networks and graphs, random network model - degree distribution, evolution, small world property, six degrees of separation, Watts-Strogatz model, local clustering coefficient, random networks and network science. (6)

BARABÁSI-ALBERT MODEL: Growth and preferential attachment, Barabási-Albert model, degree dynamics, degree distribution, diameter and the clustering coefficient, preferential attachment - absence of growth, measure, non-linearity, the origins. (6)

SCALE-FREE PROPERTY: Power laws and scale-free networks, Hubs, Universality, Ultra-small property, role of the degree exponent, Generating networks with a pre-defined degree distribution. (6)

EVOLVING NETWORKS: Bianconi-Barabási model, measuring fitness, Bose-Einstein condensation, evolving networks. (5) DEGREE CORRELATIONS: Assortativity and disassortativity, Measuring degree correlations, Structural cutoffs, Degree correlations in real networks, Generating correlated networks, impact of degree correlations. (7)

TUTORIAL PRACTICE: 1. Implementation of Barabási-Albert model. 2. Implementation of Watts-Strogatz model. 3. Implementation of Bianconi-Barabási model. 4. Obtaining Degree correlations in real networks. 5. Case studies of the theory concepts on real networks. Total L:30+T:30 = 60

TEXT BOOK: 1. Ted G. Lewis, ―Network Science: Theory and Practice‖, Wiley, 2013.

REFERENCES: 1. Estrada, E., Fox, M., Higham, D.J. and Oppo, G.L., ―Network Science - Complexity in Nature and Technology‖, Springer, 2010. 2. Laszlo Barabasi, Network Science, http://barabasilab.neu.edu/networksciencebook/downlPDF.html

15OH92 APPLIED STOCHASTIC PROCESSES 2 2 0 3

STOCHASTIC PROCESSES: Introduction – Classification of Stochastic Processes – Markov Chain (2)

DISCRETE TIME MARKOV CHAINS: Introduction -Transition Probability Matrices – Chapman Kolmogorov Equations - Classification of States – Transient Distributions –Limiting Behaviour – Cost Models – First Passage times – Markov Decision process. (7)

RANDOM WALK MODELS: Symmetric random walk – Random walk on graphs – Gambler‘s Ruin model (3)

CONTINUOUS TIME MARKOV CHAINS: Introduction – Poisson Process - Birth and Death Processes – Kolmogorov Differential Equations – Pure Birth Process - Pure Death Process – Applications (8)

GENERALIZED MARKOV MODELS: Introduction – Distribution - Renewal Theorems - Residual and Excess Life Times -Alternating Renewal Process - Renewal Reward Processes – Semi Markov Process (5) GENERAL QUEUEING MODELS: Single and Multi server Poisson Queues - Single Server Queue with Poisson input and general service– General input and exponential service Queueing models. (5)

TUTORIALS PRACTICE: 1. Case Study for Markov Chain: Passport Credit Card Company, Manufacturing, Telecommunication 2. Case Study for generalized Markov Process: Healthy Heart Coronary Care Facility 3. Modeling Network Protocols using Queueing Models 4. Performance Evaluation of Communication Systems 5. Page Ranking Algorithms

Total L: 30+T: 30= 60 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Kulkarni, V.G., ―Introduction to Modeling and Analysis of Stochastic Systems‖, Springer, 2011. 2. Sheldon M. Ross, ―Introduction to Probability Models‖, Academic Press, 2014.

REFERENCES: 1. Roy D.Yates and David J. Goodman, ―Probability and Stochastic Processes – A friendly Introduction for Electrical and Computer Engineers‖, John Wiley & Sons, 2014.

87

2. SaeedGhahramani, ―Fundamentals of Probability with Stochastic Processes‖, Pearson, 2014. 3. Dimitri Bertsekas, Robert Gallager, ―Data Networks‖, Pearson , 2003. 4. Samuel Karlin Howard E.Taylor, ―A First course in Stochastic Processes‖, Academic Press, 2011. 5. Gross.D and Harris C.M, ―Fundamentals of Queueing theory‖, John Wiley & Sons, 2013.

15OH93 MODELLING AND SIMULATION

2 2 0 3 PRINCIPLE OF COMPUTER MODELLING AND SIMULATION: Monte Carlo simulation. Nature of computer modeling and simulation.Limitations of simulation, areas of application. (3)

SYSTEM AND ENVIRONMENT:Components of a system - discrete and continuous systems. Models of a system - A variety of modelling approaches. (3)

DATA-DRIVEN MODELS: Empirical Models-Introduction - Linear Empirical Model- Predictions-Linear Regression - Nonlinear One- Term Model - Multiterm Models - Advanced Fitting with Computational Tools (3)

RANDOM VARIABLE GENERATION: Inverse transform technique - Exponential distribution - Uniform distribution - Weibull distribution. Empirical continuous distribution - generating approximate normal variates - Erlang distribution. Empirical Discrete distribution - Discrete Uniform distribution - Poisson distribution - Geometric distribution - Acceptance - Rejection technique for Poisson distribution - Gamma distribution. (4)

DESIGN AND EVALUATION OF SIMULATION EXPERIMENTS: Input - Output analysis - variance reduction techniques - Antithetic variables - verification and validation of simulation models. (4)

DISCRETE EVENT SIMULATION: Concepts in discrete-event simulation, manual simulation using event scheduling, single channel queue, two server queue, simulation of inventory problem. (5)

SIMULATION LANGUAGES - GPSS - SIMSCRIPT - SIMULA - SIMPLE_1, Programming for Discrete event systems in GPSS, SIMPLE_1 and C. (4)

CASE STUDIES: Simulation of LAN - Manufacturing system - Hospital system. (4)

TUTORIAL PRACTICE: 1. Implement variance reduction. 2. Implement event scheduling. 3. Simulate inventory problem. 4. Simulate a manufacturing system. Total L: 30+T: 30=60 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Jerry Banks and John S. Carson, "Discrete Event System Simulation", Prentice Hall, 2013. 2. AngelaB.Shiflet andGeorge W. Shiflet, ― Introduction to Computational Science: Modeling and Simulation for theSciences‖, Princeton University Press, 2014

REFERENCES: 1. Mohsen Guizani, Ammar Rayes, Bilal Khan, Ala Al-Fugaha, ―Network Modelling and Simulation A Practical Perspective‖, John Wiley, 2010. 2. Averil M Law , "Simulation Modelling and Analysis", Tata McGraw Hill,2014.

15OH94 GRAPH ALGORITHMS 2 2 0 3

INTRODUCTION: Graphs, subgraphs, matrix representations, degree sequence, connected graphs, vertex and edge connectivity, distance in graphs, weighted graphs, graph classes, interval graphs, clique, independent set, vertex cover. Trees – characterizations, rooted, unrooted, spanning tree, matrix tree theorem, Cayley‘s formula. Graph operations – union, intersection, product. Digraphs – connectivity, tournament, transitive closure, topological order. Algorithms – time and space complexities. (4)

PATH AND TREE ALGORITHMS: Shortest path problem, Dijkstra‘s algorithm, Floyd‘s algorithm for all pair shortest path, Bellman- Ford-Moore shortest path algorithm for graphs with negative length edges. Minimum weight spanning tree – fundamental cycles, cotrees and bonds, Prim‘s and Kruskals‘s algorithms, Cheriton-Tarjan algorithm. Depth-first and breadth-first algorithms for finding blocks. (4)

MATCHING: Maximum and perfect matchings, augmenting path, Berge‘s, Konig‘s and Tutte‘s theorems, Hall‘s theorem, Hungarian algorithm, Edmond-Blossom algorithm. Kuhn-Munker‘s algorithm for optimal assignment. (4)

88

NETWORK FLOW: Maximum flow in a network, minimum cut, Ford-Fulkerson algorithm, Max-flow min-cut theorem. Similarity between matching and flow theories. (3)

EULERIAN AND HAMILTONIAN GRAPHS: Eulerian trails and tours. Optimal Chinese Postman Tour – Edmond‘s and Johnson algorithm, Eulerian trail - Fleury‘s algorithm. Hamiltonian cycles – Ore‘s and Dirac‘s conditions. Gray codes, Traveling Salesman problem – Christofide‘s algorithm. (5)

VERTEX COLORING: Vertex coloring and bounds. Sequential coloring, largest degree first algorithms. Maximum clique and vertex coloring. Mycielski‘s construction for large chromatic number. (3)

GRAPH ISOMORPHISM: Isomorphism, subgraph isomorphism, László Babai‘s quasi-polynomial time solution for graph isomorphism problem. (4)

PLANAR GRAPHS: Euler‘s formula, dual graph, Kuratowski‘s theorem, 4-color problem, Wagner‘s theorem. Planarity testing – Hopcraft-Tarjan algorithm. (3)

TUTORIAL PRACTICE: 1. VLSI Physical design – maximum Independent set, maximum clique and minimum coloring for interval graphs, Steiner minimum tree in routing. 2. Isomorphism/subgraph isomorphism problem in Data mining - common subgraph pattern in networks, chemical compound within a chemical database. 3. Link verification using Eulerian trails. 4. Network flow – finding maximum flow in network 5. Register allocation, frequency assignment using vertex coloring 6. Traveling salesman problem using Hamiltonian concept 7. Planar graph embedding 8. Solving optimal assignment problem Total L: 30+T: 30=60 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Willian Kocay, Donald L. Kreher, Graphs, Algorithms, and Optimization, CRC Press, 2013. 2. Jonathan Gross and Jay Yellen, Graph Theory and its Applications, CRC Press, 2006.

REFERENCES: 1. Douglas B West, Introduction to Graph Theory, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd., 2012. 2. Naveed Sherwani, Algorithms for VLSI Physical Design Automation, Springer, 2013. 3. Bang-Jensen, Jørgen, Gutin, Gregory Z., Diagraphs: Theory, Algorithms and Applications, Springer-Verlag, 2010.

OPEN ELECTIVES OFFERED BY ENGINEERING DEPARTMENTS

DEPARTMENT OF COMPUTER SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING

15ZH01 MULTIMEDIA SYSTEMS AND APPLICATIONS 3 0 0 3 INTRODUCTION TO MULTIMEDIA: Historical Overview - Multimedia Representations - Software Tools - Authoring Tools - Basics of Image Formation: Camera and Lenses - Digitization - Image Formation - Basic Camera Models and Geometry. Standard Image Formats - Colors in Images and Videos. (8)

IMAGE COMPUTING:Binary Image Analysis:The Basics of Processing 2D Images - Thresholding - Convolution - Edge and Corner Detection - Mathematical Morphology -and Shape Descriptors. Application: Implementation ofa Simple Optical Character Recognition (OCR) System. (8)

MULTIMEDIA COMPRESSION BASICS:Lossless Compression: Variable Length Coding - Dictionary Based Coding.Basics for Lossy Compression: Fourier Transform - Discrete Cosine Transform. Application to ImageCompression (JPEG Compression). (8)

VIDEO PROCESSING: Fundamental Concepts of Video - Image and Video Compression - MPEG Video Coding - MPEG4-7 and Beyond. (9)

AUDIO PROCESSING: Basics of Digital Audio - Quantization and Transmission of Audio - Audio Compression - AudioMPEG. (9)

MULTIMEDIA APPLICATIONS:Content-Based Retrieval in Digital Libraries: Case Studies. (3)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Wilhelm Burger and MarkJ Burge, ―Digital Image Processing: An Algorithmic Introduction using Java‖, Springer Science+Business Media, USA, 2008.

89

2. Parag Havaldar and Gerard Medioni, ―Multimedia Systems: Algorithms, Standards, and Industry Practices‖, First Edition, Cengage Learning, USA, 2010.

REFERENCES: 1. Tay Vaughan, ―Multimedia: Making It Work‖, Eighth Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2011. 2. Ze-Nian Li and Mark S Drew, ―Fundamentals of Multimedia‖, First Edition, PHI Learning, New Delhi, 2011.

DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

15MH03 INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING AND MANAGEMENT 3 0 0 3

INTRODUCTION : Principles of management - Definition and Significance of Management, Basic Functions of Management – Planning, Organizing, Staffing, Directing and Controlling. Social Responsibility of Engineers. (5)

ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOUR: Significance of OB, HR - Importance, Objectives and Functions, Job Analysis and Recruitment, Selection and Placement, (6)

HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT: Training and Development – Forms of Business organization. Objectives of job evaluation, Methods of job evaluation, Characteristics of a good wage and incentive systems, Methods of wage payments. Labour welfare schemes - Factories Act 1948. (7)

METHOD STUDY: Evolution of Industrial Engineering, Productivity definition, means of increasing productivity, Productivity and work study. work study - Definition, aims, procedure for method study, selection of jobs, recording techniques, micro motion study, therbligs, cyclograph and chronocycle graph, principles of motion economy, design of work place layout, analysis in the form of chart, operation chart, flow process chart, flow diagram, string diagram, man machine chart, two handed chart, SIMO chart (8)

TIME STUDY : Time study equipment, performance rating, allowances, number of cycles to be studied, determination of standard time. Work place design - Ergonomics. (5)

LAYOUT DESIGN: Manufacturing facility layouts – product, process, fixed position and cellular layouts. Group technology- Introduction, part classification and coding, assigning machines to groups- binary ordering algorithm. (7)

DESIGN OF AUTOMATED ASSEMBLY LINES: Assembly lines, Approaches to line balancing – largest candidate rule, Kilbridge and wester method, Ranked positional weight heuristic , COMSOAL. (7)

Total: L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. ILO, ―Introduction to work study‖, Universal Publishing Corporation, Bombay, 1986. 2. Harold Koontz, Heinz Weihrich and Ramachandra Aryasri, ―Principles of Management‖ - Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi,2004.

REFERENCES: 1. Ronald G Askin, ―Modeling and Analysis of Manufacturing Systems‖, John Wiley and Sons, Inc, 1993. 2. Mundel, ―Motion and Time Study‖, Prentice Hall of India, 1995. 3. Ralph M. Barnes, ―Motion and Time study‖, John Wiley and sons, 1990. 4. Chandler Allen Phillips, ―Human Factors Engineering‖, John Wiley and Sons, New York, 2000

15MH05 SIX SIGMA PROJECT METHODOLOGY 3 0 0 3 INTRODUCTION: Overview , six sigma defined – background, Methodology: DMAIC, DMADV phases, common terms, transactional vs. Manufacturing six sigma projects, Five laws of lean-six sigma. (6)

PREPARATION PHASE: Assessing organizational readiness – Pre-requisites for Six sigma implementation, internal communication strategy and tactics, Formal launch, organizational structure, six sigma training plan, team stages, characteristics of effective teams. (6) DEFINE PHASE: Project selection, voice of the customer, CTQ – high level process map – Cost of quality – Cost of poor quality – Sigma level calculation - Project charter. (8)

MEASURE AND ANALYSE PHASES: Overview – types of measures – introduction to statistical methods – data collection and analysis using 7QC tools – Introduction to other measure tools QFD– measurement system analysis – process capability analysis. Analyze phase – overview – Selection and application of hypothesis testing (12)

90

IMPROVE PHASE: Overview – Creativity techniques - Brainstorming - generation & selection of improvement alternatives – TRIZ – PUGH Matrix. Introduction to failure mode and effects analysis - ROI analysis. – Process redesign principles (8)

CONTROL PHASE: Control phase overview – selection of control charts – Visual controls - control plan. Challenges in Six sigma Implementation, Common Pitfalls. (5)

Total: L: 45 TEXT BOOK: 1. Betsiharris Ehrlich, ―Transactional Six Sigma and Lean Servicing‖, St. Lucia Press, 2002. 2. Donald W Benbow and Kubiak T M, ―Certified Six Sigma Black Belt Handbook‖, Pearson Education, 2007.

REFERENCES: 1. Jay Arthur, ―Lean Six Sigma – Demystified‖, Tata McGraw Hill Companies Inc, 2007. 2. James Evans and William Lindsay, ―An Introduction to Six Sigma and Process Improvement‖, South-Western College, 2014 3. Paul Keller, ―Six Sigma Demystified‖, McGraw-Hill Education, 2011. 4. Howard S. Gitlow, Richard Melnyck and David M. Levine ―A Guide to Six Sigma and Process Improvement for Practitioners and Students‖, Pearson FT Press, 2015.

DEPARTMENT OF ROBOTICS & AUTOMATION

15RH02 INTRODUCTION TO ROBOTICS AND AUTOMATION 3 0 0 3 INTRODUCTION: Specifications of Robots- Classifications of robots – Work envelope - Flexible automation versus Robotic technology – Applications of Robots Specification, Notations. (6)

DIRECT KINEMATICS: Dot and cross products, Co-ordinate frames, Rotations, Homogeneous Coordinates, Link co-ordinates, D-H Representation, Arm equation -Two axis, three axis, and four axis robots. (6)

INVERSE KINEMATICS & WORKSPACE ANALYSIS: Inverse Kinematic problem, General properties of solutions, Tool configuration, Inverse Kinematics of Two axis Three axis, Four axis and Five axis robots Workspace analysis of Four axis robots. (7)

INTRODUCTION TO FACTORY & PROCESS AUTOMATION: Industrial Versions - Control elements of Industrial Automation- IEC/ ISA Standards for Control Elements – Selection criteria for control elements- Construction of Relay Ladder logic with different control elements- Need for PLC - PLC evolution. (7)

PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLERS: Architecture of PLC - Types of PLC – PLC modules, PLC Configuration -Scan cycle - Capabilities of PLC- Selection criteria for PLC – PLC Communication with PC and software- PLC Wiring- Installation of PLC and its Modules. (7)

PROGRAMMING OF PLC: Types of Programming – Bit Instructions -Timers and counters– PLC arithmetic functions PTO / PWM generation- High Speed Counter – Analog Scaling – Encoder Interfacing- Servo drive control – Stepper Motor Control. (12)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. W Bolton, ―Programmable logic controllers‖, Elsevier Ltd, 2015. 2. Robert J. Schilling, ―Fundamentals of Robotics Analysis and Control‖, PHI Learning, 2009.

REFERENCES: 1. Frank D Petruzella, ―Programmable logic controllers‖, McGraw-Hill, 2011. 2. Niku, S B., ―Introduction to Robotics: Analysis, Systems, Applications‖, PrenticeHall, 2001. 3. John R Hackworth and Fredrick D Hackworth Jr., ―Programmable Logic Controllers: Programming Methods and Applications‖, Pearson Education, 2006. 4. SIMATIC Programming with STEP 7, SIEMENS Manual, 2014.

DEPARTMENT OF BIO TECHNOLOGY

15BH03 WATER RESOURCE MANAGEMENT 3 0 0 3

INTRODUCTION: Water sources, hydrological cycles, consumption patterns; challenges, waste generation. (3)

91

WATER AND WASTEWATER QUALITY: Parameters used for analysing drinking water quality – physico-chemical and biological parameters. Influence of nature and human activities on potable water quality; Wastewater – domestic and industrial wastewaters and parameters used for analysing wastewater characteristics. Standards and regulatory bodies. (10)

PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL PROCESSES: Screening and comminution, equalization, grit removal. sedimentation, floatation, filtration, membrane processes; Chemical processes - Coagulation, flocculation; filtration; disinfections; aeration and gas transfer; precipitation; softening; adsorption and ion exchange. (12)

BIOLOGICAL PROCESSES: Aerobic suspended growth processes – activated sludge process and its modifications, biofilm processes -Tricking filters and Rotating biological contactors; Anaerobic processes suspended growth, attached growth, fluidizedbed and sludge blanket systems; nitrification, denitrification; Phosphorus removal; Natural Wastewater Treatment Systems - Ponds and Lagoons; Wetlands. (15)

SLUDGE TREATMENT: Thickening; Digestion; Dewatering; Sludge drying; Composting . (2)

WATER AND WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT DESIGN & LAYOUT: Sequencing of unit operations, plant layout and hydraulic considerations. (3)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Patra K C. ―hydrology and water resources engineering‖ Alpha Science International, 2008 2. Rittman B E and McCarty P L, ―Environmental Biotechnology‖, McGraw Hill International, New York, 2001.

REFERENCES: 1. Larry W. Mays. ―Water Resources Engineering‖, John-Wiley & Sons Inc London, 2011 2. Templeton R M. and Butler D. ―Introduction to wastewater treatment‖ Bookboon 2011

DEPARTMENT OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

15IH03 GRAPHICS AND MULTIMEDIA

3 0 0 3 INTRODUCTION: Digital image representation, Image format, Graphics format, Computer image processing: Image synthesis - Image analysis - Image transmission. (7)

MULTIMEDIA: Sound, Audio file formats, MIDI, Images, Computer image processing, Animation, Video, CD Technologies, Multimedia workstations, Multimedia applications. (8)

MULTIMEDIA TOOLS: Basic tools, Image editing tools, Painting and drawing tools, Sound editing programs, Video formats, Linking multimedia objects, OLE, Presentation tools, Authoring tools. (8)

DATA COMPRESSION: Source entropy and hybrid coding, JPEG: Image preparation – Lossy sequential DCT based mode - Expanded lossy DCT based mode, MPEG: Video encoding - Audio encoding - Data stream, H.261, DVI. (7)

MULTIMEDIA OPERATING SYSTEMS: Introduction, Real time OS, Resource management, Process management, File systems, Database systems: Multimedia Database Management System (MDBMS) - Characteristics of an MDBMS - Data analysis - Data structure - Operations on data - Integration in a database model. (8)

MULTIMEDIA COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS: Application subsystem, Transport subsystem, Synchronization: A reference model for multimedia synchronization - Synchronization in distributed environment. (7)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Ralf Steinmetz, Klara Nahrstedt, ―Multimedia: Computing, Communications and Applications‖, Pearson Education Asia, New Delhi, 2012. 2. John F Koegel Buford, ―Multimedia Systems‖, Addison Wesley, ACM Press, New York, 2009.

REFERENCES: 1. Tay Vaughan, ―Multimedia: Making it Work‖, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2008. 2. Ranjan Parekh, “Principles of Multimedia”, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2013 3. Gokul S, ―Multimedia Magic‖, BPB Publications, New Delhi, 2008. 4. Fred Halsall, ―Multimedia Communication, Application Networks, Protocols and Standard”, Addison Wesley, New Delhi, 2009.

92

DEPARTMENT OF TEXTILE TECHNOLOGY

15TH01 CHARACTERIZATION OF FIBERS AND POLYMERS

3 0 0 3

MOLECULAR CHARACTERIZATION: Molecular weight averages, Determination of molecular weight: primary methods – end group analysis, osmometry, light scattering. Secondary methods – viscometry, gel permeation chromatography. (7) FINE STRUCTURE ANALYSIS- Orientation techniques – optical birefringence, dialectic anisotropy, dichroism, X-ray diffraction, density gradient measurement, Small angle x-ray scattering. (8)

MORPHOLOGY CHARACTERIZATION: Microscopy analysis – Scanning electron microscopy, Transmission electron microscopy, Atomic Force Microscopy and Scanning Tunneling Microscope. (8)

SPECTROSCOPY ANALYSIS – Infrared, NMR, UV-visible, mass and Raman Spectroscopy techniques. (7)

THERMAL CHARACTERIZATION: Characterization of glass transition, crystallization, melting and decomposition temperatures. Themoanalytical techniques: Differential scanning calorimeter, Differential thermal analysis, Thermogravimetry, Thermo-mechanical analysis, Dynamic mechanical tests. (8) PHYSICAL CHARACTERIZATION: Fibre fineness, friction, crimp, spin finish content, viscosity, dye uniformity, bulkiness measurements. (7)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Raheel M, ―Modern Textile Characterization Methods‖, Marcel Dekker Inc, New York, 1996. 2. Gupta V B and Kothari V K, ―Manufactured Fibre Technology‖, Chapman & Hall Pub., England, 1997.

REFERENCES: 1. Mukhopadhyay S K, ―Advances in Fibre Science‖, The Textile Institute, Manchester, 1992. 2. Billmeyer F W, ―Textbook of Polymer Science‖, Wiley Inter Science, New York, 2002

15TH03 TECHNICAL TEXTILES IN ENGINEERING APPLICATIONS 3 0 0 3

INTRODUCTION: Textile fiber, yarn, fabrics. Textiles processes and products. Applications of textiles. Classifications of Technical Textiles. (7)

PROTECTIVE TEXTILES:. Design of protective clothing. Selection of protective clothing material. Thermal protection, Ballistic protection,chemical protection. Footwear textiles. Medical Textiles. (8)

AUTOMOTIVE TEXTILES: Definition, products, market overview and growth projections of automotive textiles.Textile structures in automotives. Requirement and properties of textiles used in railway applications, marine applications, aircraft, application of composites in transportation. (8)

INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR TRIMS FOR ROAD TRANSPORTATION: Requirement and design for Seat fabric, floor coverings , Headliners, door casings and parcel shelves, truck and car covers, Seat belt, Airbags, carpets, filters (air and oil), battery separators, tyre cords, hoses and belts. Methods of production and properties of textiles used in these applications (7)

INDUSTRIAL TEXTILES: Tyres - Tire Cord Yarns and Fabrics - Quality requirements- Fibre properties - Manufacturing techniques. Belts - Conveyor and power transmission, Composition of belts, Carcass cords, fabrics. Hose fabrics - Definition and characteristics of hoses, reinforcement, Construction and types. (8)

GEO-TEXTILES: Introduction- Geo textile, Geo synthetics. Property requirements.Fibres and fabrics for geo textiles Functions - Geotextile materials and manufacturing, Geotextile functions. Geotextile properties and testing.Application of geotextiles. (7) Total L : 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Sabit Adanur, ―Wellington Sears Handbook of Industrial Textiles‖, Technomic Publishing Co, USA, 1995. 2. Horrocks A R and Anand S C, ―Handbook of Technical Textiles‖, The Textile Institute, CRC Press, Woodhead publishing Ltd, Cambridge, UK, 2001.

REFERENCES: 1. Richard A. Scott, Textiles for protection, The Textile Institute, CRC Press, Woodhead publishing Ltd, Cambridge, UK, 2005. 2.Walter Fung, Mike Hardcastle, ―Textiles in automotive Engineering‖, The Textile Institute, Technomic Publishing Co, Woodhead publishing Ltd, Cambridge, UK, 2001 3. Eugene Wilusz, Military textiles, The Textile Institute, CRC Press, Woodhead publishing Ltd, Cambridge, UK,2008

93

15TH04 ELECTRO ACTIVE TEXTILES 3 0 0 3

INTRODUCTION: Electrical conductivity-resistance, capacitance; metal conductors, ionic conductors, inherently conducting polymers-polyaniline, polypyrole. (5) CONDUCTING TEXTILE PREPARATION TECHNIQUES: Extrusion, solution coating- in-situ polymerization, electro plating, metallic core yarn- spinning, weaving & knitting, embroidery and printing. Integration of fibre optic sensors and sensing networks. Textile antenna. (8)

TESTING & CHARACTERIZATION: Morphological characterisation, Electrical characterization- surface and volume resistance, Electromechanical characterization- change in resistance with elongation and compression, gauge factor, impedance value measurement, repeatability study, environmental effects. (12)

EMI SHIELDING - Theory of EMI shielding, evaluation of EMI shielding efficiency, factors influencing EMI shielding. (5)

TEXTILE SENSORS: Bio-medical sensors- strain sensor- design, characterization, goniometry application; pressure sensor- design, characterization, breathe rate measurement; communication textiles, display of ornamental applications. (7) TEXTILE ELECTRODES: Textile electrodes for ECG and EEG measurement- design, characterization and method of conducting clinical trials (8)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS:

1. Mattila H R, ―Intelligent Textiles and Clothing‖, The Textile Institute, CRC press, New York, & Washington, Woodhead publishing Ltd., England, 2006. 2. Xiaoming T, ―Wearable Electronics and Photonics‖, The Textile Institute, Woodhead publishing Ltd., England, 2005.

REFERENCES: 1.Langenhove L V, ―Smart textiles for medicine and healthcare‖, Textile Institute & CRC press, Woodhead publishing ltd., England, 2007. 2.Xiaoming Tao, Hand book of smart textiles, Springer-Verlag,Singapur,2015

15TH06 INDUSTRIAL TEXTILES 3 0 0 3 INTRODUCTION: Fibre, yarn and fabrics types. Definition of technical textiles, Classification of Technical Textiles. Market growth and potential, Application of Technical textiles, fiber consumption, fiber requirements and properties. (5)

TEXTILE STRUCTURES IN AUTOMOTIVES: Definition, products, market overview and growth projections of automotive textiles. Fibers, yarns, knitted, woven, and nonwoven – structural requirements and properties. Applications of 3D knitting, woven and nonwoven materials in automotive industry. (8)

INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR TRIMS FOR ROAD TRANSPORTATION: Requirement and design for Seat fabric, floor coverings , Headliners, door casings and parcel shelves, truck and car covers, Seat belt, Airbags, carpets, filters (air and oil), battery separators, tyre cords, hoses and belts. Methods of production and properties of textiles used in these applications (8)

TEXTILES IN OTHER TRANSPORTATION: Requirement and properties of textiles used in railway applications, marine applications, aircraft, application of composites in transportation (8)

FILTER FABRICS: Introduction, selection considerations - fiber, fabric, design. Principle, mechanism and types of filtration. Textiles in dry filtration, wet filtration, Filtration equipment- design consideration. Applications (8)

COATED FABRICS: Textiles commonly used in coated fabrics, coating materials and polymers. Coating methods – direct coating, indirect coating. Lamination methods – flame bonding, Adhesive lamination – aqueous based and solvent based, heat lamination, film lamination. Applications of coating textiles. ( 8)

Total L:45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. SabitAdanur, ―Wellington Sears Handbook of Industrial Textiles‖, Technomic publishing company Inc., USA, 1995 2. Horrocks. A R &Anand S C, ―Handbook of Technical Textiles‖, Woodhead Publishing and Textile Institute, USA,2000.

REFERENCES: 1. Walter Fung, Mike Hardcastle, ―Textiles in automotive Engineering‖, The Textile Institute, Technomic Publishing Co, Woodhead publishing Ltd, Cambridge, UK, 2001

94

2. Harrison, P.W., ―The Design of Textiles for Industrial Applications", Textile Institute, Manchester, 1998. 3. Irwin Hutten, ―Handbook of nonwoven filter media‖, Elsevier Science & Technology, 2007. Ken Sutherland, ―Filters and Filtration Handbook‖, Butterworth-Heinemann, Elsevier, Burlington, 2008

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING

15EH01 SUSTAINABLE ENERGY SYSTEMS

3 0 0 3

INTRODUCTION: Trends in energy consumption - Energy sources and their availability – Yield Energy ratio: Classification of Energy sources, Conventional Energy Resources: Coal Oil, Natural Gas, Nuclear Power and Hydro. Sector-wise Energy Consumption, Energy Scenario in India, Growth of Energy Sector and its planning in India - Need for Renewable Energy sources. (7)

SOLAR POWER SYSTEMS: Solar Thermal Systems: Principle and operation – Low, Medium and High Temperature Systems. Solar Photovoltaic Systems: Solar cells and their characteristics - Influence of Insolation and Temperature - PV arrays – Maximum Power Point Tracking Algorithms - Grid Connected PV System – Overview of Islanding – Stand-alone PV systems – Concentrated Solar PV systems. (10)

WIND ENERGY SYSTEMS: Nature and Power in the wind - Wind Energy Conversion System (WECS) - Components and Classification of a WECS - Yaw and Pitch Control - Betz model - Wind Turbines – Types - Horizontal and Vertical Axis Wind Turbines. Generators for WECS – Types - Selection of Generators – Permanent Magnet Synchronous Generators - Schemes for Fixed and Variable Speed Wind Turbines. (10)

FUEL CELLS: Principle and operation – Types –Efficiency –Effect of Polarization on Efficiency- Construction and Working of H2O2 and Proton Exchange Membrane Fuel Cell. Introduction to Hydrogen Energy Production and Storage. (8)

DISTRIBUTED GENERATION : Distributed Generation – Concept and topologies, Role of Renewable Energy in Distributed Generation, Standards for Interconnecting Distributed Generation to Power Systems – Concept of Virtual Power Plants, Captive Power Generation – Combined Heat and Power Generation. (10)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Khan B H, ―Non-Conventional Energy Resources‖, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi 2010 2. Mukund R Patel, ―Wind and Solar Power Systems‖, CRC Press, New York, 2011.

REFERENCES: 1. Rai G D, "Non-Conventional Energy Sources", Khanna Publishers, New Delhi, 2004. 2. Bhadra S N, Banerjee S, Kastha D, ― Wind Electrical Systems‖, Oxford University Press, New Delhi, 2008 3. Colleen Speigel, ―PEM Fuel Cell Modeling and Simulation Using MATLAB‖, Academic Press, New Delhi, 2008 4. Roger A. Messenger, "Photovoltaic Systems Engineering", CRC Press, New York, 2010.

95

PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVES

TECHNOLOGY ELECTIVES

15H001 FUNCTIONAL APPARELS AND CLOTHING 3 0 0 3

FUNCTIONAL CLOTHING: Functional design of textiles, need for functions, properties of textiles for specific functions. Smart characteristics: structural, aesthetic & functional. (7)

INTELLIGENT TEXTILES & CLOTHING: Smart manufactured fibres: properties, production techniques and application of smart fibres in textiles and apparels, phase change materials. Shape memory polymers; thermo sensitivity and other chemical properties. (8) INTERACTIVE TEXTILES: Environment sensor – changing color, temperature and humidity sensors. Body sensor – moisture management, heat and moisture transfer properties, heat and pressure receptors and air permeability. Clean room clothing, high temperature textile materials. (8)

HEALTHCARE TEXTILES: Materials used and classification: Implantable, Non implantable, extracorporeal devices, Health & Hygiene products. Specific requirements and application of bio materials, composites and non-woven hygienic products used in hospital sectors. (8)

SPORTS CLOTHING: Material requirement for the design of performance sportswear. Sweat management for sports application. Evaluation methods. (7)

E-TEXTILES & CLOTHING: Principle, concepts and development of electro textiles and wearable electronics, electrospun nanofibres for true e-clothing, Interaction design in smart clothing, specific requirements and applications of sensors, actuators, data processing, storage and communication in intelligent textile assembly. (7)

Total L: 45

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Xiaoming Tao, ―Smart fibres, Fabrics and Clothing‖ ‖, The Textile Institute, CRC press, Manchester, 2005. 2. Anand S.C., Kennedy J.F. Miraftab M. and Rajendran S., ―Medical Textiles and Biomaterials for Health care‖, WoodHead Publishing Ltd. England, 2006.

REFERENCES: 1. Sanjay, Gupta, ―Smart Textiles - Their production & Marketing Strategies‖, Printers Bhumica, New Delhi, 2000. 2. T L Vigo, ―Intelligent Fibres‖, J.Text. Inst. 90 Part 3, Textile Institute, Manchester, 1999. 3. HVJ, ―Shape Memory Polymers and textiles‖, Wood Head Publishing limited, England, April 2007. 4. Xiaoming Tao, ―Wearable Electronics and Photonics‖, The Textile Institute, CRC press, Manchester, 2005.

15H002 HOME TEXTILES

3 0 0 3 TEXTILE FURNISHINGS : Market potential, Types of furnishings materials – Woven, non-woven, knit. Manufacturing concepts – damask, brocade, organdy, chiffon, oxford, tapestry. Basics of textile surface design techniques. (8)

FLOOR COVERINGS: Types - soft floor coverings – carpet - properties, laying procedure; rugs-accent and scatter rugs. Maintenance and care. Carpets and rugs – types. Manufacturing: handmade -Turkish, Persian; machine made – cut pile, Wilton carpet. Factors affecting selection of floor covering. (7)

WINDOW DRESSINGS: Types of doors and windows. Draperies – choice of fabrics, calculating the amount of material required. Curtains – types of curtains-design, fabric selection. Valence and swag. Method of finishing draperies – Tucks and pleats. Types of rod. Factors affecting selection of fabric for window treatments. (8)

KITCHEN AND DINING ROOM FURNISHINGS: Types – quality requirements. Fabric selection - dish cloth, hand towels, aprons, mittens. Pot holder. Dining Furnishings: types, fabric selection & design concept - table cloth, skirt, runners, napkins. (6)

LIVING ROOM AND BED ROOM FURNISHINGS: Types. Fabric selection & design concept- wall hangers, cushion- covers, upholsteries- cover- stitches and seams used, bolster- covers. Bed room furnishings: Types. Fabric selection & design concept - sheets , blankets - cover, comforts - covers, bed spreads, bed skirts, duvets, mattress – covers and pillows - covers. (10)

96

BATH ROOM FURNISHINGS: Types - quality requirements. Fabric selection - towels, robes, bath rugs. Maintenance and care. . (6) Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Brian. D Colemen, "Luxurious Home Interiors‖, Gibbs Smith Publication, Hong Kong, 2004. 2. Premavathy Seetharaman and Parveen Pannu, ―Interior Design and Decoration‖, CBS Publishers and Distributors, New Delhi, India, 2005.

REFERENCES: 1. Jay Diamond and Ellen Diamond, ―Fashion Apparel, Accessories and Home Furnishings‖, Prentice Hall, New Delhi,2007. 2. Charles Randall and Sharon Templeaton, "Dream Windows", Randall International Orange, California, 2003. 3. Katrin Cargill, ―Simple Curtains‖, Ryland Peters and Small, London, 2002. 4. Wendy Baker, ―Curtain and Fabric Selector‖, Collins and Brown, London, 2000.

15H003 LEAN MANUFACUTURING OF APPARELS 3 0 0 3

LEAN MANUFACTURE: Objectives, key principles and implications, traditional manufacturing Vs lean manufacturing, benefits. (6)

CONCEPTS: Value creation and waste elimination - major kinds of waste, pull production, continuous improvement (Kaizen), Standard work, Group Technology: Production flow analysis, cellular manufacturing system, Takt time. 5M‘s. (9)

TOOLS & METHODOLOGIES:, Visual controls, 5S principles, total quality management, total productive maintenance (TPM) - overall equipment effectiveness (OEE), poka yoke (mistake/error proofing), root cause analysis – Fishbone diagram, 5 whys technique. Quick changeover/ Set-up time reduction, kanban, line balancing. Case studies. (12)

VALUE STREAM MAPPING: Concept, principles, steps- current state map, future state map. Case studies. (6)

JUST IN TIME MANUFACTURING: Concept, elements, implementation. Case studies. (6)

IMPLEMENTATION: Road map, senior management involvement, barriers, challenges, creation of lean culture, best practices in apparel industry. Case studies. (6)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Askin R G and Goldberg J B, ―Design and Analysis of Lean Production Systems‖, John Wiley and Sons Inc., US, 2003. 2. Micheal Wader, ―Lean Tools: A Pocket guide to Implementing Lean Practices‖, Productivity and Quality Publishing Pvt Ltd, Chennai, 2002.

REFERENCES: 1. Joseph A De Feo, William W Bearnard ―Juran Institute‘s Six Sigma Break Through and Beyond‖, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2004. 2. Colovic.G. ―Management of technology systems in garment industry‖ Woodhead Publishing, India, Pvt Ltd, New Delhi, 2010. 3. John.W.Davis, ―Lean manufacturing: implementation strategies that work: a roadmap to quick and lasting success‖ Industrial Press Inc., New York, 2009. 4. Bill Carreira ―Lean Manufacturing That Works: Power Tools For Dramatically Reducing Waste and Maximizing Profits‖, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 2007.

15H004 APPAREL WORK STUDY 3 0 0 3

WORK STUDY: Definition, procedure, techniques, data needed: raw material data, equipment data, job condition and working condition. (4)

PROCESS ANALYSIS: Purpose, procedure, various types of process charts and diagrams-application areas in apparel manufacture, development of standard operating procedure (SOP). Case studies. (8)

OPERATION ANALYSIS: Objectives, procedure, operation chart, check sheet, exercises from apparel manufacture. Case studies (6)

MOTION ANALYSIS: Purpose, principles of motion economy – application areas in apparel manufacture, two handed process chart- procedure, examples from sewing operations. Micro motion analysis: Therbligs, equipments, procedure, development of SIMO chart for sewing operations. Evaluation of motion study data. Case studies. (9)

METHODS IMPROVEMENT: Principles for improving operation method – cutting, sewing, pressing and packing. scientific method of training, learning curve. (6)

97

WORK MEASUREMENT: Definition, techniques – time study: procedure, calculation of standard allowed minute (SAM) in apparel manufacture – Cutting, sewing, pressing and packing operations. Predetermined time standard (PMTS) - Time Measurement Unit (TMU) values, Method Time Measurement (MTM) tables, setting the standard time, advantages. Work sampling – Concept, procedure, determination of sample size, nomo gram, setting standard time. Standard data- General sewing data (GSD)- Concept, motion sequence, MTM core data, methods engineering and standard allowed minute (SAM) establishment for sewing operations, advantages. Applications – Capacity study, operation bulletin (OB), Incentive calculations. (12)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Ralph M. Barnes ―Motion and Time Study Design and Measurement of work‖, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York, 2002. 2. Jacob Solinger, ―Apparel Manufacturing Handbook, Analysis, Principles and Practice‖ Boblin Media Corp, Columbia, 2000.

REFERENCES: 1. George Kanawaty, ILO, ―Introduction to Work study, Universal Publishing Corporation, Mumbai, 2005. 2 Chuter A J ―Introduction to Clothing Production Management‖, Blackwell Publishing, Oxford, UK, 2007. 3. V.Ramesh babu, ―Industrial engineering in apparel production‖, Woodhead publishing India Pvt Ltd, New Delhi, 2011. 4. Kiell. B.Zandin, Maynard‘s ―Industrial Engineering Hand Book‖, Mc Graw Hill, Inc., New York, 2001.

15H005 LEATHER APPAREL TECHNOLOGY 3 0 0 3 LEATHER TANNAGES: Leather, hide, skin, types, components and structure. preservation techniques, pre tanning processes: soaking, liming, deliming, bating, and pickling. Types of tannages: vegetable, synthetic. tannage mechanism. post tanning operations: neutralisation, fatliquoring, bleaching, dyeing and drying of leathers, combination tanned leather. (10)

TYPES OF LEATHER AND PRODUCTION TECHNIQUE: Types, special features, principles involved in manufacture of E.I tanned leather, sole leather, wet blue leather, full chrome upper leathers, upholstery leathers, chamois leather, fashion garment leathers, utility glove leathers, picking band leathers, light, heavy and Industrial leathers, lining leathers, harness, belting and saddlery leathers, football, hockey ball, cricket ball and other sports goods leathers. (7)

MACHINERIES, TOOLS AND EQUIPMENTS: Machineries used in leather processing: drum, sammying machine, shaving machine, splitting machine, setting machine, spray dyeing machine, embossing, ironing and measuring machines, Tools and equipments used in leather garment preparatory and manufacturing processes : gimping scissors, wooden & iron hammer, stone slabs, skiving and spitting machines, cloth cutting machines, industrial sewing machines, button hole & button stitching machine and ironing process, types of sewing needles and sewing threads, (10)

DESIGNING OF LEATHER GARMENTS: Classification based on material design and types- grain garments, suedes, fur, chrome, semi – chrome. Designing of leather garments- leather jackets, women‘s wear, men‘s wear, preparation of sectional patterns, pattern sets, arrangements of patterns to minimize wastage of leathers,. (4)

CONSTRUCTION OF LEATHER GARMENTS: Fabrication of leather garments- principle of cutting components, type of stitching and attachment, sequence of operation for assembly of components, accessories used. Shoe: parts, selection of leather, designing and fabrication of shoes, machineries. (5)

CHARACTERISTICS AND QUALITY CONTROL OF LEATHER GARMENTS: General properties of leather such as feel, texture, strength, elongation, comfort, rub resistance, uniformity of shades, defects in skin, types of tests carried out, testing instruments and methods. In process and final process control of leather garments. (9)

Total L:45.

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Dutta.S S, ―An Introduction to the Principles of Leather Manufacture‖, Indian Leather Technologists Association, Calcutta, 2002. 2. Thomas C,and Thorstensen,‖Practical Leather Technology‖, Krieger Publishing Company, USA, 2001

REFERENCES: 1. Sandy Scrivano,‖Sewing with Leather & Suede‖, Lark Books, New York 2002. 2. Sarkar.K.T, ―Theory and practice of leather manufacture, Macmillan India Press, Madras.1997. 3. Somenath Ganguly, ―Comprehensive Footwear Technology‖, Indian Leather Technologists' Association, India, 2005. 4. J. H. Sharphouse ―Leather Technician‘s HandBook ―, Leather Producers‘ Association, Northampton, 1971. 5. Dutta.S.S. ―An Introduction to the Principles of Physical Testing of Leather‖ Indian Leather Technologists' Association, India,1991.

98

15H006 OPERATIONS RESEARCH FOR APPAREL INDUSTRY

3 0 0 3

INTEGER PROGRAMMING: Pure and mixed integer programming: Formulation, concepts and solutions. Application and problem solving related to apparel industry. (6)

LINEAR PROGRAMMING: Linear programming: Formulation, solution by graphical, simplex, dual simplex methods. Duality and sensitivity analysis. Application and Problem Solving related to apparel industry. (7)

INVENTORY AND NETWORK MODELS: The ABC and JIT inventory systems –deterministic & probabilistic & network models: cost considerations in network models. Application and problem solving related to apparel industry. (8)

OPTIMIZATION TECHNIQUES: Types of models: Construction and general methods of solution, simulation and Monte-Carlo methods, transportation problems: North / West corner solution, least cost method, vogel‘s approximate method and optimality check. Assignment problems: Hungarian method; unbalanced, infeasible and maximization solutions related to garment industry. (9)

REPLACEMENT MODEL: Replacement of failing or deteriorating items, group and individual replacement policies, homogeneous discrete-time Markov chains, transition probability matrix, ergodic theorem (7)

QUEING THEORY: homogeneous continuous-time Markov chains, poisson process, elements of queuing theory, M/M/1, M/M/K, G/M/1 and M/G/1 queues. (8)

Total L: 45

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Gupta P. K. and Hira D. S., ―Problems in Operations Research‖, S. Chand and Company,India, 2002. 2. Hillier and Lieberman, ―Introduction to Operations Research‖, McGraw-Hill International, New Delhi, 2005.

REFERENCES: 1. Srivastava U.K., Shenoy G.V. and Sharma S. C., ―Quantitative Techniques for Managerial Decision‖, Prentice Hall of India, 2001. 2. Mustafi C.K., ―Operations Research: Methods and Practice‖, New Age International Pvt. Ltd. Publisher, India, 2000. 3. Hamdy A Taha, ―An Introduction to Operations Research‖, Prentice Hall, India, 2000. 4. Tulsin P.C., ―Quantitative Techniques: Theory and Problems‖, Pearson Education, India, 2002.

15H007 SPECIALITY FABRICS AND TECHNOLOGY

3 0 0 3 SPECIALITY TEXTILES: Scope, fibres, yarns and fabric selection for the manufacture of speciality textiles. Speciality yarns: Fancy yarns: manufacturing concept - spun, spiral, diamond, gimp, chenille, cloud, knop, loop, snarl, spiral stripe. Coloured yarns: solid shades, mixture shades, mixing in drawing. Speciallity colored yarns: twist shades, single marl, half marl and double marl. (12)

NARROW WIDTH FABRICS: Narrow width fabrics: material used, process of manufacture of narrow width fabrics using crochet machines, needle loom and double needle bed warp knitting machines- narrow width products: different types of tapes, laces, elastic, ribbons, labels and its properties. (5)

KNITTED FABRICS: Weft knits: fleecy fabrics, plush structures and high pile fabrics. Warp knits: directionally oriented structures – weft insertion, co-we-knit. String vests, plush, waffle fabrics. (6)

BRAIDED STRUCTURES: Braided structures: classification – circular and flat braids – production techniques, properties and applications. (5)

INTERLININGS: Woven, knitted and non-woven interlinings-Interlinings for shape and support, stabilizing/stiffening, providing bulk. Requirements of fusing interlinings to garments, factors determining the properties of the fused laminate; the base fabric of the interlining, the type of fusible resin, method of applying resin to base cloths, the means of fusing (time, temperature and pressure), fusing equipments, methods of fusing, quality control in fusing. (9)

COATING TECHNOLOGY: Coating by direct method - foam finishing - foamed and crushed foam coating - transfer coating - coagulated polyurethane coating - ball licking roller technique - hot melt extrusion coating - calendar coating - rotary screen coating - fabric impregnation method. (8)

Total L:45

99

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Harold Carr and Barbara Latham,―The Technology of Clothing Manufacture‖, Blackwell Science, Oxford, 2002. 2. McKenn H A, Hearle J W S and Hear NO, Handbook of fibre rope technology, Wood head publishing Limited, Cambridge, 2004.

REFERENCES: 1. Sabit Adanur, ― Wellington Sears Handbook of Industrial Textiles‖, Technomic publishing company Inc.,USA, 1995. 2. Russel.S, ―Handbook of Nonwovens‖, The Textile Institute Publication, Manchester, 2004. 3. Horrocks.. A. R & Anand..S. C, ― Handbook of Technical Textiles‖ ,Woodhead Publishing and Textile Institute, UK, 2000. 4. Oxtoby E., ―Spun Yarn Technology‖, Butterworths, London, 2002. 5. Walter Fung , ― Coated and Laminated Textiles‖, Wood head publishing Limited, Cambridge, England, 2000.

15H008 DENIM GARMENT MANUFACTURING 3 0 0 3

DENIM: Overview of denim production, market potential, product ranges, manufacturers & brands (7)

YARNS AND FABRICS FOR DENIM: Yarn: characteristics, pre-requisites, quality requirements, spinning, yarn dyeing and sizing. Lycra: properties, yarn parameters influencing denim manufacturing. Fabric: characteristics, types, fabric parameters, factors influencing denim manufacturing, fabric faults, manufacture of lycra denim, knit denims (8)

DENIM PROCESSING: Dyes: properties and characteristics, conditions, requirements for dyeing & chemistry of dyeing, Machineries: Types of machines, process variables and parameters, factors influencing dyeing. Precautions & developments, assessment of dyed fabrics, processing parameters influencing knitted denims, problems and troubleshooting. Finishing: permanent press, preshrinking, integrated finishing and shrinking range, sanforizing, pre-drying, ammoniation & skewing. Coating and embossing techniques for denims. (9)

DENIM GARMENTING: Men‘s wear, women‘s wear, children‘s wear, style variations, construction sequence, sewing parameters, machineries used, special attachments, sewing threads, seam & stitch parameters, trims, accessories, size & fit requirements, care labeling (6)

DENIM WASHING: Process conditions, machineries, chemicals used for special effects - pumice stones, acid and enzyme wash, denim bleaching, biopolishing & biostoning, sand blasting, PP spray, grinding, whiskering, ozone and laser fading (7)

UNCONVENTIONAL DENIMS: Tinted denim, over dyed denim, reverse denim, pseudo denim, stretch denim, peach skin effect, quick wash denim, vintage wash, enzyme- soda wash, dextrose- caustic wash, sueding wash, golf ball wash, tie ‗n‘ wash, marble wash and crush finish (8)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Parmar M S, Satsangi S S & Jai Prakash, ―Denim – A fabric for all‖, NITRA Publications, 1996. 2. Li Y, ―Denim Apparel Design, Manufacture and Finishing‖, CRC Press, 2005.

REFRENCES: 1. Michael Harris, ―Jeans of the Old West- A History‖, 2010. 2. Graham Marsh, Paul Trynka & June Marsh, ―Denim: From Cowboys to Catwalks: A History of the World's Most Legendary Fabric‖, Samurai Publications, 2005. 3. Emily Current & Meritt Elliott, ―A Denim Story- Inspirations from bellbottoms to boyfriends, Fairchild Publications, 2014.

15H009 APPAREL MERCHANDISING 3 0 0 3

INTRODUCTION TO MERCHANDISING: Role of merchandising department, Responsibilities of a merchandiser, Steps involved in receiving an order, technical specification sheet interpretation, Sampling procedure, Merchandising interface with other departments in an apparel organization, terminologies used in merchandising department (6) ROLE OF MERCHANDISER : Line planning –Introduction, concept of fashion forecasting, apparel line and seasons. Steps in fashion forecasting. Line Planning: Fashion forecasting techniques - Market research, consumer research, product research, Fashion research - Trend research, colour research. Line Development - Fabric and trims selection, prototyping, pre-costing, final product development. Line presentation, Line Adoption, Apparel analysis, market/customer profiling, product analysis and development (9) PLANNING AND ORDER EXECUTION: Elements of planning, calendar planning/time and action planning, activities of time and action planning, order scheduling methods, yarn consumption, fabric consumption, GSM calculation, sewing thread consumption. Cut quantity estimation – size wise and colour wise, capacity planning and calculation, Operator efficiency and operation bulletin development for a sewing line / order, line efficiency calculation. Developing a production schedule for a given order.

100

(9) SOURCING FOR MERCHANDISER: Types of Sourcing, role of merchandiser in sourcing, sourcing process. Factors affecting the sourcing of fabric and trims, Sourcing centers- International and domestic. Sourcing lead time, supplier types, vendor management and evaluation criteria‘s. (6) APPAREL COSTING: Elements of cost, cost calculation for yarn processing and pre treatment, cost calculation for knitting/ weaving, processing and dyeing, printing and surface ornamentation. Estimation of cutting, sewing, trimming, checking, packing and shipment cost for an order, Sewing thread cost, Cost sheet preparation for an order. (9) COMMUNICATION FOR MERCHANDISER: Importance of communication, objectives of communication, types of communication in apparel industry, communication barrier for merchandiser. Documents for merchandisers – Intra factory communication. export and import documents – Commercial – Principle and auxiliary documents, regulatory documents. (6) Total L:45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Grace Kunz, ―Merchandising theory, principles and practice‖, Fair Child Books, New York, 2005. 2. Jeremy A. Rosenau, Dvid L. Wilson, ―Apparel Merchandising – The line starts here‖, Fairchild publications, New York, 2007

REFERENCES: 1. Grace I. Kunz , Ruth E. Glock, ―Apparel Manufacturing: Sewn Product Analysis‖, 4th Edition. Prentice Hall, 2004. 2. Evelyn C Moore, ―Math for Merchandising‖, Wiley Eastern Inc., India, 1999.

15H010 TRADITIONAL INDIAN TEXTILES AND COSTUME 3 0 0 3

TRADITIONAL SARIS : Historical significance, colours and motifs, manufacturing techniques Kota, Banaras Brocades , Baluchari Saris , Jamdani Saris , Paithani Saris ,Kanjeevaram Saris ,Chanderi Saris , Maheshwari Saris. (9)

TRADITIONAL EMBROIDERIES : Kutch, Kathiawarh, Sindhi, Phulkari, Kantha, Kasuti, Kashida, Chamba Rumal, Chikankari, Zardozi with their traditional influence, symbolism, basic fabrics, decorative stitches, techniques and colour combination. (9)

TRADITIONAL DYEING TECHNIQUES : Historical significance, styles, colour , motif and process involved in resist dying of Itkat- Patola, Bandhas, Pochampalli and Fabric tie and dyeing – Bandhani of Gujarat , Bandhej & Lehariya of Rajasthan. (8)

PRINTED AND PAINTED TEXTILES : Historical significance, styles, colour , motif and techniques used in making-Sanganer and Bagru prints, Kalamkari and Madhubani fabric paintings. (6)

TRADITIONAL COSTUMES OF INDIA : Punjab, Rajasthan, Gujarat, Madhya Pradesh, Uttar Pradesh, Maharashtra, West Bengal, North-East, Kerela, Tamilnadu, Andhra Pradesh, Goa, Karnataka, Orissa, Bihar. (7)

TRADITIONAL SHAWLS : Historical significance, styles, colour , motif and techniques used in making Kashmir Shawls- Pashmina, Do-salla, Nammda and Gubba, Kullu shawls of Himachal Pradesh. (6)

Total L : 45

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Lynton Linda, " The Sari", Thames & Hadson, 2010. 2. Traditional Indian Textiles by John Gillow and Nicholas Barnard. Sheila Paine, ―Embroidered Textiles‖, Thames and Hudson Ltd., 1990

REFERENCES: 1. Parul Bhatnagar, ―Traditional Indian Costumes and Textiles”, Abhishek Publications, Chandigarh, 2004. 2. Shailaja D. Naik, ―Traditional Embroideries of India‖, A.P.H Publishing Corporation, New Delhi, 1996.

101

FASHION ELECTIVES

15H018 FASHION PHOTOGRAPHY

3 0 0 3

PHOTOGRAPHY: Camera - history, parts and types. Digital photography. Photography tools - lens, filters, monopods, tripods, light meter, flash, power packs, camera bag, digital storage and other accessories. (7)

MANUAL SETTINGS: Camera modes; Manual settings - aperture, shutter speed and ISO; Rule of thirds, angle of view, depth of the field; Trouble shooting and corrections. (8)

LIGHTING: Light - behaviour and uses; lighting - types, tools and equipments, terminologies; light direction and control techniques - lighting ratio its effects. ` (8)

OUTDOOR PHOTOGRAPHY & INDOOR PHOTOGRAPHY: Needs, methods, techniques and equipments; shooting with natural light, available light, methods of light modification on location; Outdoor fashion shoot - technical issues. Indoor photography: Needs, methods, techniques and equipments: Types and uses of indoor lights and tools. Studio fashion shoots with models - technical issues. (8)

PHOTO MANIPULATION TECHNIQUES: Types technical retouching, creative retouching; Photo editing software tools and their applications. (7)

TRENDS IN PHOTOGRAPHY: High dynamic range photography, phoneography, panatography, vintage photography, light painting, macro photography; Printing paper - printing techniques; videography - image mixing. (7)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Michael Langford, ―Starting Photography‖, Focal Press, India, 2007. 2. Rick Sammon, ―Complete Guide to Digital Photography‖, W. W. Norton & Company, New York, USA, 2007.

REFERENCES: 1. Brad Hinkel, ―Color management in digital photography: ten easy steps to true colors in Photoshop‖, Santa Barbara, CA: Rocky Nook, California, 2007. 2. Eugénie Shinkle, ―Fashion as photograph: viewing and reviewing images of fashion‖, Palgrave Macmillan, England, 2008. 3. Jeff Wignall, ―The New Joy of Digital Photography‖, Lark Books, USA, 2010. 4. Olivier Gerval Richmond Hill,‖ Fashion: concept to catwalk‖, Firefly Books, USA, 2010. 5. Ron White, ―How digital photography works‖, Que, India, 2007.

15H019 GARMENT TRIMS AND ACCESSORIES 3 0 0 3

TRIMS AND ACCESSORIES: Importance and classification. Criteria and factors affecting choice of trims and accessories. Closure trims: Buttons, buckles, clips, elastics, grommets, hook and eye, hook and loop, eyelets, frogs, metal fasteners, plastic fasteners, rivets, snaps, velcro and zippers – types and industry trends. (9)

SUPPORT TRIMS: Collar stays, corsets, felt, fusible, interfacing, interlining, linings, shoulder pads, sleeve heads, suspenders, underwire and waistbands – types and industry trends. (8)

DECORATIVE TRIMS: Appliques, logos, laces, ribbons, tapes, webbings and cords – types and industry trends. Garment labels – decorative and functional. (6)

FOOT WEAR, HANDBAGS AND BELTS: Foot wear – types, styles, materials, component parts, concept to construction, judging the fit, caring for footwear and industry trends. Handbags - types, styles, component parts, materials and construction. Belt – types, styles, materials and construction. (8)

JEWELLERY AND EYEWEAR: Jewellery – Types of jewellery from different states, styles, production techniques and Stone- types and settings. Eyewear – styles and materials of frames and lens. (8)

SCARVES, GLOVES, HATS AND HOSIERY: Scarves - construction, styles and care . Gloves - component parts, construction, styles and care. Hats – construction, styles and care. Hosiery - construction, materials and styles. (6)

Total L: 45.

102

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Jay Diamond and Ellen Diamond, ―Fashion Apparel, Accessories and Home Furnishings‖, Pearson Prentice Hall, New Jersey, 2007. 2. Elaine Stone, ―The Dynamics of Fashion‖, Fairchild Publications, New York, 2001.

REFERENCES: 1. Jennette A. Jarnow, ―Inside the Fashion Business‖, Macmillan publishing, New York, 1999. 2. Gini Stephen Frings, ―Fashion Concept to Consumer‖, Prentice Hall, New Jersey, 2004. 3. Harrold Carr and Barbara Latham, ―Technology of Clothing Manufacture‖, Blackwell Scientific Publications, UK, 2000. 4. Ruth E. Glock and Grace I Kunz, ―Apparel Manufacturing Sewn Product Analysis‖, Prentice Hall, New Jersey,2004.

15H020 INTERIOR DESIGNING 3 0 0 3

BASICS OF INTERIOR DESIGN: Factors influencing Interior Design; Elements of Art – Line, form, texture, colour --- types and their effect on interiors; Principles of Design – Proportion, Balance, Emphasis, Harmony, Rhythm and their applications on interiors; Types of Design—Structural and Decorative and their importance in interiors. (8)

COLOUR: Types, qualities of Colour, advancing & receding colours/ cool & warm colours; colour Interactions; psychological impact of colour and its effect on interiors and suitability to different rooms. Effect of light on colours & textures. (7)

INTERIOR ACCESSORIES: Classification – functional, decorative and both; selection; difference between accessories and collection; fixtures as accessories – types, selection, mounting, framing and hanging; antiques-meaning and procurement; plants and flowers as accessories. CAD application- backgrounds, fog, landscapes, image – creation (8)

ERGONOMICAL CONSIDERATIONS: Definition, application of ergonomic principles in interiors; anthropometrics; Space needs for the interior elements of objects. CAD application- design development , rendering, material (7)

FURNITURE ARRANGEMENT: Selection of furniture, general principles, arrangements in specific rooms; Furnishings – types, selection & care of different types of furnishing materials - upholstery fabrics, draperies, curtains and slip covers —materials used, their general characteristics and suitability. (7)

FLORAL ARRANGEMENTS: Importance, types, components of flower arrangement, basic principles, basic shapes, styles; Ikebana - history, materials required, general rules and basic styles of ikebana; dry arrangement; preservation of plant materials, foliage and flowers. (8)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Tessa Evelegh, ―Color In Your Home‖, North Light books, Cincinnati, Ohio, 2002. 2. Martha Gill Color ―Harmony For Interior Design: a guidebook for creating great color combinations for your home‖, Rockport Publishers, USA, 2001.

REFERENCES: 1. Pratap rao M, ―Interior Design‖, Standard Publishers distributors, India, 2010. 2. Dennis and Lorigreen ―Interior Design‖ Allworth press,New York, USA, 2010. 3. Taschen and Angelika ―Interiors Now!‖ Taschen America llc, USA, 2010. 4. Jan Dul and Bernard Weerdmeester, ―Ergonomics for Beginners: A Quick Reference Guide‖, CRC Press, UK, 2008. 5. Marypaul Yates, ―Fabrics: A Guide for Interior Designers and Architects‖, W W Norton and Company, New York, USA, 2002.

15H021 INTIMATE APPARELS 3 0 0 3

INTIMATE APPAREL: Types- whole body, upper body and lower body. Classification of kid‗s, women‘s and men‘s intimates. Quality requirements- fibers, fabrics, designs. Physical and physiological health effects of intimate apparel, comfort in intimate apparel. (7)

MEN’S WEAR: Design and development, measurements , drafting procedure and construction sequence – long johns, tank top, tanga, boy shorts, knickers, bikini underwear, thong, boxer briefs, boxer shorts and jockstrap. (8)

WOMEN’S LINGERIE: Design and development, measurements, drafting procedure and construction sequence - petticoats, panties, camisoles, spaghetti top, tube top, bikini. Brassiere - technology, innovations, bio-mechanical engineering of bra, basic block of bra pattern. Intimate apparel with special functions - sports bra, panty hose, swimwear, mastectomy bra and maternity underwear. (8)

INNOVATIONS OF GIRDLES - Introduction, historical development of girdles, classification of modern girdles, innovations of shape-up girdles, Inventions of health promoting girdles, materials for girdles, fabric properties in girdle design. (7)

103

NIGHT WEAR: Design and development, measurements, drafting procedure and construction sequence - night gown, pajamas‘, negligee, peignoir and baby doll. (7)

INTIMATE APPAREL PRODUCTION TECHNOLOGY- Accessories: Bra wire, hook & eye tape, ring & slider, buckle, plastic bone, elastics and threads Principles, methods, technical aspects and controls of lamination, molding and welding for production of intimate apparels. (8)

Total L:45

TEXT BOOKS: 1. C. Harlock, S.P. Ng ―Innovation and Technology of Women's Intimate Apparel‖, Woodhead Publishing Limited, England, 2006. 2. Ann Haggar, ― Pattern Cutting For Lingerie, Beach Wear And Leisure Wear‖, Black Well Science Limited, France, 2001.

REFERENCES: 1. Lynn Nottage, ―Intimate Apparel / Fabulation‖, Theatre Communications Group, USA, 2006. 2. Stokes Terry, ―Intimate Apparel‖, Brooklyn: Release Press, USA, 1980. 3. Singer, ―Sewing Lingerie‖, Cy Decosse Incorporated, Mexico, 1991.

15H022 DESIGN OF SPORTS WEAR 3 0 0 3

SPORTS WEAR: Current sportswear market, Key trends in sportswear design, Design considerations in sportswear/footwear, sportswear and comfort, protection from injury, sports footwear industry. (6)

MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE DESIGN OF PERFORMANCE SPORTSWEAR: Key trends in sports wear design, layering, the evolution of layering, external influences, Innovative fibres and fabrics in sport: High performance and high-functional fibres and textiles, Smart and intelligent textiles and fibres, coated and laminated textiles in sportswear, Emerging trends. Designing Sportswear for comfort: Physiological comfort of sportswear, Aspects of wear comfort, Measurement of physiological comfort. (10)

FUNCTIONAL SPORT FOOTWEAR: The human foot, foot wear, foot and footwear interface. Functional design of sport footwear, Functional fit of sport footwear, Functional materials and components in sport footwear. (7)

PROTECTION: Protection against impact using clothing and personal equipment. Analysis of injury sustained during sporting activities, Impact protection provided through protective clothing and equipment, quality standards and evaluation techniques. Design of sportswear for impact protection, effects of protective clothing and equipment on human performance. (8)

BIOMECHANICAL ENGINEERING OF A SPORTS BRA: Designing a sports bra, material selection, Biomechanical modeling and analysis. Biomechanical engineering of aerobic sportswear, Physical properties of aerobic wear, biomechanical simulation. (7)

BIOMECHANICAL ENGINEERING OF COMPRESSION STOCKINGS: Elastic textiles, Freedom of movement, enhanced performance, recovery and wellbeing. Biomechanical simulation, investigation of the mechanism of compression therapy, Biomechanical engineering design of socks: Biomechanical modeling, implications in sock design. (7)

Total L:45

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Shishoo.R, ―Textiles in Sports‖ Wood head publishing Limited, Cambridge, England, 2005. 2. Y.Li and A S W Wong, ―Clothing biosensory engineering‖ , Wood head publishing Limited, Cambridge, England, 2006.

REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. Richard A Scott, ―Textiles for protection‖, The Textile Institute, Wood Head Publishing Limited, England , 2005. 2. Somenath Ganguly, ―Comprehensive Footwear Technology‖, Indian Leather Technologists' Association, India, 2005. 3. John Peacock, ―Shoes: The Complete Sourcebook‖, Thames & Hudson, UK, 2005. 4. Tim Skyrme, ―Bespoke Shoemaking, A Comprehensive Guide to Handmade Footwear‖, Artzend Publications , UK,2006. 5. Das A and Alagirusamy R,‖ Science in clothing comfort‖, Wood head publishing Limited, England , 2010. 6. W. Yu, J. Fan, S.C. Harlock, S.P. Ng ―Innovation and Technology of Women's Intimate Apparel‖, Woodhead Publishing Limited, England, 2006. . 15H023 FASHION PORTFOLIO DEVELOPMENT 3 0 0 3

INSPIRATION, IDENTIFICATION AND CONCEPTUALISATION: Research, choosing a theme or concept - primary sources, secondary sources, sources of inspiration, compiling the research: sketchbook, drawing, collage, juxtaposition, deconstruction, cross-referencing, analysis of research, conceptualizing the collection: mood board, story board and concept boards, the layout and composition, target market, trend analysis, silhouette, colour and texture (9)

104

EXPLORATION: Materials - fibres and yarns, woven, knits and other methods of production, non-fabric textiles, future fabrics, colouring the fabric, finishing methods, surface design, decorative dye effects, printing and pattern, embroidery, fabric manipulation, three dimensional embellishments. Fabric sourcing: sources of fabric – market, industry, retail, fabric properties and characteristics, creating own fabric, designing custom textiles, tradeshows. (9)

DEFINITION/MODELING: Design development elements - Ideas generating exercise, Development and refinement of individual garments, Selecting and editing ideas to form a collection, communicating ideas: sketching and design drawing, templates, working drawings, art materials, layout and composition, Illustration. (9)

FASHION FIGURE - Drawing media for fashion, understanding the fashion figure, technical drawings, fashion illustration, CAD for fashion, colour - colour theory and colour palettes. (6)

COMMUNICATION: Fashion portfolio: Introduction to portfolio building for fashion designers, idea storage bank, focused portfolios, specialized portfolios, diverse Market segments, sigital and web-based portfolio, presentation techniques. (9)

GARMENT PRODUCTION: Sizing and measurements, pattern making, draping, sewing; The toile, fittings and finishing, prototype sample, costing and pricing, fashion studio (6)

Total L:45 TEXTBOOKS: 1. Karl Aspelund, ―The Design Process‖, 3rd edition, Fairchild Books, 2015. 2. Erin Cadigan, ―Sourcing and Selecting Textiles for Fashion‖, Fairchild books, 2013.

REFERENCES: 1. Simon Seivewright,‖ Basics Fashion Design 01: Research and Design‖, Fairchild Books, 2007. 2. John Hopkins, ―Fashion Design: The Complete Guide‖, Fairchild Books, 2012.

15H024 VISUAL MERCHANDISING 3 0 0 3 FUNDAMENTALS OF VISUAL MERCHANDISING: Visual merchandising and display, purpose of visual merchandising, store image, Image making strategies for customer attraction, seasonal visual merchandise and windows, Types of retail layouts. Types of fixtures used in retail shops, Importance of brands, Merchandising themes and techniques . (8) APPLICATION OF ELEMENTS AND PRINCIPLES OF DESIGN IN VISUAL MERCHANDISE: design elements- line, color, texture, shape and form – Concept and application in visual merchandising -. Principles - balance, emphasis, proportion, rhythm, repetition – Application in visual merchandising. (8)

DISPLAY AND DISPLAY SETTINGS: Types of display - one item, line at goods, related merchandise, assortment, promotional vs institutional, seasonal, Holiday, Creative. Type of display settings - realistic, environmental, semi-realistic, fantasy, abstract. Mannequin: types of mannequin - realistic, semi realistic, abstract, semi abstract, headless; dressing up of mannequin, Importance and uses of mannequins, Factors considered for selection of Mannequins, Types of alternatives to mannequins. (10)

STORE AND WINDOW SETTINGS: Exterior of the store –Importance and features of signs, marquees, outdoor lightning, banners, planters, awning; Different types of window in store front - the angled front, the arcade front, the corner, display, closed back, open- back, island, shadow boxes, elevated, deep, tall. (8)

LIGHT AND ITS IMPACT ON COLOUR: Importance, types - primary lighting, secondary lighting, coloured lights and filters, planning store lighting, Influence of lighting for different retail setup. (6)

ATTENTION DRAWING DEVICES: Color, line and composition, scale, contrast, repetition, humor, mirrors, nostalgia, motion, surprise and shock, props. (5)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Diamond,J, ―Contemporary visual merchandising and environmental design‖, Prentice Hall, New Jersey, 2006. 2. Gini Stephen Frings, ―Fashion Concept to Consumer‖, Prentice Hall, New Jersey, 2004.

REFERENCES: 1. Martin M.Pegler,‖Visual Merchandising and Display‖, Berg Publishers, UK, 2006. 2. Laine stone, Jean Samples, ―Fashion Merchandising – An Introduction‖, Mc Graw Hill Book Co, New York,2001. 3. Diamond J, ―Fashion Retailing - A Multi – Channel Approach‖, Prentice Hall, New Jersey,2000.

105

15H025 FASHION EVOLUTION 3 0 0 3

HISTORY OF COSTUMES: Origin of clothing, growth of dress out of painting, cutting and other methods. Need for clothing, factors influencing costume changes. (5)

ENGLISH AND FRENCH COSTUMES: English costume during middle ages, French costumes during renaissance Period (1400- 1600)- analysis of necklines, collars, sleeves, silhouettes, textiles, headdress and embellishments (9)

AMERICAN COSTUMES: American costumes from 18th to 20th centuries- analysis of momentous styles of clothing, garment designs, fabrics, headdress and embellishments. (6)

COSTUMES OF INDIA AND OTHER ASIAN COUNTRIES: Traditional costumes, textiles and accessories of different states of India. Traditional costumes of Pakistan, Srilanka, China, Myanmar, Thailand, Japan. Men‘s, women‘s and kids garment – motifs, designs, color combinations, styles, textiles and accessories. (9)

COSTUMES OF AFRICAN COUNTRIES: Traditional costumes, textiles, motifs, designs and accessories in various parts of African continent – Egypt, ,Morocco, Ghana, Nigeria, Kenya, Uganda, South Africa, Zimbabwe. (8)

COSTUMES OF EUROPEAN COUNTRIES: Traditional costumes, textiles, motifs, designs and accessories in Germany, Greece, Rome, Portugal, Sweden, Scotland, Ireland and Hungary. (8)

Total L:45

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Katherine Morris Lester, ―Historic Costumes A resume of the characteristic types of costume from the most Remote times to the present day‖, Prentice Hall, Inc.,Newyork, 2000. 2. Paral Buatnagar, ―Indian costumes and Textiles‖, Abhishek Publications, New Delhi, 2000.

REFERENCES: 1. Vandana Bhenderi, ―Costume, Textiles and Jewellery of India – Traditions in Rajasthan‖, Prakash Books, New Delhi, 2004. 2. Fillow J and Bernard N Thomas and Hudson, ―Traditional Indian Textiles‖, Prentice Hall, India, 1993. 3. Hart A North S V and A Museum, ―Historical Fashion in detail the 17th and 18th Centuries‖, McMillan, India, 1998. 4. Kathy Alert,‖Traditional folk costumes of Europe paper dolls in full color‖, Dover publications, Inc., Newyork,1984.

15H026 DESIGN AND DEVELOPMENT OF APPARELS 3 0 0 3

LININGS: Free-hanging skirt lining, free-hanging pants lining, vest lining, constructing the bustier; bias and bias treatments: finishing bias-cut garments; cutting bias strips, spaghetti tubing; waistlines: traditional straight waistband, belt carriers, elastic waistband, drawstring waistband, faced waistline, inside waistline, stay/belting, thread loop for buttonhole or belt, outside casing. (9)

CHILDREN’S WEAR: Measurement required for the construction of children‘s wear, selection of thread, colour, material, trimmings and accessories for children‘s wear, pattern making and construction procedure – baba suit, baby‘s frock, shorts, rompers, pedal pusher, sleep suits, trouser blocks, snow suits, gathered knickers, a-line dress, pinafore. (9)

MEN’S WEAR: Measurement required for the construction of men‘s wear, selection of thread, colour, material, trimmings and accessories for men‘s wear, pattern making and construction procedure – formal trouser, (pleated and flat front), leisure wear, boxer shorts, track suits, jean jacket, over jackets, tailored jacket with notched collar; notched collar in an unlined jacket, dungarees, anoraks, coats, night wear, weather wear, trousers, shirts, blazers, sizing and fit (9)

WOMEN’S WEAR: Measurement required for the construction of men‘s wear, selection of thread, colour, material, trimmings and accessories for men‘s wear, pattern making and construction – nighties, blouses, midi, skirts and tops, salwar kameez, trousers, skirts, a-line, umbrella, 6-gore skirt, circular skirt, skirt construction, ladies blouse construction, fashion jacket construction, ladies tailored jacket and overcoat, ladies vest, ladies jumper with all in one facing, lined bustier, one-piece garments, outerwear, coats, fitting and grading, achieving the perfect fit (9)

HAUTE COUTURE AND TAILORING: Haute couture, designing haute couture, tailoring techniques, support and structure: history of supported and structured garments, supporting materials – interlining/fusing, corsetry, creating volume. Finishes: linings, facings, fastenings, haberdashery. (5)

SURFACE-SPECIFIC CONSTRUCTION TECHNIQUES: Felted fabrics, lace, leather, fur, knits and stretch-woven fabrics, sequinned and beaded fabrics, velvet, transparent fabrics. (4)

Total: L:45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Marie Clayton, ―Ultimate Sewing Bible – A Complete Rference with Step-by-Step Techniques‖, Collins & Brown, London, 2008.

106

2. Laing R M and Webster J, ―Stitches and Seams‖, Textile Progress, The Textile Institute, Manchester,1998.

REFERENCES: 1. Harold Carr and Barbara Lathon, ―The Technology of Clothing Manufacture‖, Blackwell Sciences, UK, 1996. 2. Ukponmwan J O, Chatterjee K N and Mukhopadhyay A, ―Sewing Threads‖, Textile Progress Vol. 30, The Textile Institute, Manchester, 2001. 3. Connie Amaden Crawford, ―A Guide to Fashion Sewing‖, Fairchild Publications, New York, 1999. 4. Sandra Betzina, ―Fast fit – Easy pattern alterations for every figure‖ The Taunton Press, Newtown, USA, 2001.

15H027 INDUSTRIAL PATTERN DRAFTING AND DRAPING 3 0 0 3 STYLE LINES: Princess line-variations, empire line, tent. Strapless Foundations - princess torso, bra top torso, fitting problems and solutions, construction support - inter constructions, boning and under support. (7)

JACKETS AND COATS: Terminologies, block for jacket, coat, sleeve, lapel designs, double breasted jacket, shawl collar, inter constructions. (7)

KNITS FOUNDATION: Stretch, shrinkage and recovery factor, gauge, direction of stretch, adapting patterns to knits. action wear – bodysuit, leotard, swim wear – maillot, bikini, leg line. (7)

DRAPING: Introduction, equipments, Types of dummies, transferring body measurements to dress stand, preparation of dummy – padding, taping. Muslin – types, preparation, principles of balanced draping. Draping basic patterns - bodice, sleeve, skirt and pant. (6) DRAPING COMPONENTS AND BODICE: Skirts: pleated skirt, circular skirt, tiered skirt, dirndl skirt, skirt with yoke, wrap around skirt, gore skirt and its variations and peg top skirt with side cowls. Sleeve styles - set in sleeves, sleeves with bodice, Collar - flat collar, stand collar and shawl collar, Yoke - simple yoke, yoke with fullness, midriff yoke, partial yoke, Bodice styles - princess line, surplice front, twists, circular bodice, off shoulder designs, Jacket. (9)

DRAPED STYLES: Bias cut dresses, bustier designs, cowl styles- low cowl, mid depth cowls, multiple cowls and pleats, draped cowl from style line, peplum styles, halter styles, asymmetric styles. Styles developed from extension beyond outer edges, slashing and lowering the grain, slashing and gathering, tying extensions into knots and bows, draping using geometric shapes. vionnet, gown with radiating drapes, draped party wears. (9)

Total L:45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Helen Joseph and Armstrong, ―Pattern Making for Fashion Designing‖, Prentice Hall, Newyork, 2004. 2. Joseph-Armstrong, Helen. ―Draping for Fashion Design‖. Fairchild Publications, New York, 2000.

REFERENCES: 1. Janice Mee and Michael Purdy. ―Modeling on the dress stand‖, BSP Professional Books, Oxford University, Press, 1999. 2. Connie Amaden Crawford, ―The Art of Fashion Draping‖, Fairchild Publications, New York, 2005. 3. Hilde Jaffe, Nurie Reils, ―Draping for Fashion Design‖, Prentice-Hall Inc., New Jersey, 1993. 4. Shaeffer, Claire. ―Sewing for the Apparel Industry‖, Prentice-Hall Inc., New Jersey, 2001. 5. Dawn Cloake, ―Cutting and Draping Special Occasion Clothes, Bath Press‖, BT Bats ford Ltd., London, 1998.

15H028 COLOUR AND FASHION 3 0 0 3

COLOUR KNOWLEDGE: Colour and light, colour and vision, Colour terminologies – hue, intensity, value, colour temperature, undertones, neutrals, clash, metamerism (6)

COLOUR PHYSICS: Light, light sources and light interactions, nature of colours, types of colorants and observers, measurement of colour, systems of standardized tristimulus values, color qualities, colorimetry and the cie system, colour order systems, colour spaces, colour difference and colour scales, colour in visual displays, colour and composition, pattern of colour (9)

COLOUR PSYCHOLOGY AND LANGUAGE: colour psychology: colour psychology to everyday life, psychological effects of cool colours, psychological effects of warm colours, psychology of colour for advertising and marketing, common psychological effects of colours. Color Language : Color symbolism, color naturalism, color for fashion, art and interior design, colors in contemporary life, affective value of color, attention value of color, communicating in colour, perceptions of colour – physical factors, colour names, colour as light, colour as pigment, colour and print (9)

COLOUR HARMONY: Early colour theory and evolution of colour wheel – goethe and colour perception, cherreul‘s expanded colour wheel, colour theory - contemporary colour theory – munsell, itten and alters colour wheel, building subtractive colour wheel. (6)

107

COLOUR SCHEME: Colour wheel to build colour scheme – monochromatic, analogous, complementary, split complementary, discordant, triadic, tetradic, double split complementary; Managing colour communication – colorimeter, spectrophotometer, colour atlas (6)

COLOUR APPLICATION AND CONSUMER BEHAVIOR: Colour Application: colour in cars, colour in interiors, colour in cosmetics, colour in fashion designing - men, women and children, colour in visual merchandising, colour in context, limitations in colour application, colour in accessories, colour in business ; Consumers and colour: colour symbols, formation of colour preference, preference and ethnicity, colour and mood of the times, colour and segmentation, personal colouring, colour cycles, colour cycles and cultural shift, meaning of colour (9)

Total L:45

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Jose M.Parramon, ―Colour Theory‖, Watson Guptill, US, 2012. 2. David Hornung, ―Colour-Workshop for Artists and Designers‖, Laurence King Publishing, 2012.

REFERENCES: 1. Kate Scully and Debra Johnson Cobh, ―Colour forecasting for fashion‖, Laurence King Publishing, 2010. 2. Tracy Diane & Tom Cassidy, ―Colour Forecasting‖, Blackwell Publishing, 2005. 3. Evelyn L. Brannon, ―Fashion Forecasting‖, Fairchild Books, 2011.

15H029 HIGH FASHION SEWING TECHNIQUES 3 0 0 3

PREPARING A PATTERN – precision pattern making, adding a seam, eliminating a seam, transferring a seam, making a neckline facing, all in one facing, transferring darts, converting darts to dart tucks, converting darts to seams; Necklines – shallow V-neck, Cut-away sccop neck; Tucks –vertical tucks, tuck seams. (8)

SEAMS: strap seam, raised French seam, Raised overlock seam, Stand –up bound seam, piped seam, baby seam, Petersham Peek seams; Hems – narrow top stitched hem, gold overlock hem, blanket stitched hem, chiffon hem, band hem, ribbon trimmed hem, decorative trim hem, petersham Peek on Wrap Skirt, Hong Kong finish on outside, charmeuse welt hemming, picot finish, easy twin needle hem, bubble hem finish, faced hem, braid hem. (8)

DESIGN DETAILS: Pockets and Flaps: Piped patch pocket on jacket, double welt pocket on a skirt, window pane opening, inseam pocket with invisible zipper at seam, inseam pocket with faux flap; Collars and Lapels: tie collar, detachable turtleneck, double flounce collar, fancy lapels, notched collar; Plackets and fasteners – keyhole opening, bound neckline placket, button loops, fly or concealed front placket, bound buttonholes, blind bound buttonholes, easy slot zipper; Trims – Roses and lace inserts; Wraps and shawls – cocoon wraps, ruffled shawl and evening wrap; Inner parts – waist stay, blouse stay and cowl stay; Interfacing and linings – Interfacing a jacket, bagging a jacket and adding a skirt lining. (8)

FACING AND BINDING: banded V-neck on knit and woven fabric, ribbon banded v-neck, banded curved neckline, double fold silk charmeuse binding, double fold binding on chiffon, free flow charmeuse binding on chiffon, piped double fold binding on woven fabric, single fold binding, baby French binding, single fold binding on chiffon, high waist couture facing, lining/binding skirt panels, (8)

FABRIC MANIPULATION TECHNIQUES: Controlled Crushing : Gathering, Shirring Supplementary fullness: Ruffles, flounces Systematic folding: Pleating, Smocking, Tucking Filled Reliefs : cording, Quilting, Stuffing Structured Surfaces: Darts Mixed Manipulations – Technique variations, creative combinations. (8)

HAUTE COUTURE SEWING TECHNIQUES: applying Couture techniques: skirts and pants, blouses and dresses, sleeves, jackets and coats, corsets, designing with fabrics. (5)

Total L : 45

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Colette Wolff , The Art of Manipulating Fabric Paperback –1996, Krausae Publications. 2. Claire B. Shaeffer, High-Fashion Sewing Secrets from the World's Best Designers: Step-By-Step Guide to Sewing Stylish Seams, Buttonholes, Pockets, Collars, Hems and More (Rodale Sewing Book) 1997, Rodale Press; 3rd edition

REFERENCES: 1. Lynda Maynard, The Dressmaker's Handbook of Couture Sewing Techniques: Essential Step-by-Step Techniques for Professional Results, 2010, Interweave; Spi edition 2. Marie Clayton, ―Ultimate Sewing Bible – A Complete Reference with Step-by-Step Techniques‖, Collins & Brown, London, 2008. 3. Laing R M and Webster J, ―Stitches and Seams‖, Textile Progress, The Textile Institute, Manchester,1998.

108

15H030 HIGH FASHION DESIGNING 3 0 0 3

INTRODUCTION TO HAUTE COUTURE: Couture tools, supplies and applications, understanding muscular and skeletal functions of the human body, body types – Apple, Pear, Hourglass, rectangle, Garment Silhouttes - measurement taking and custom fitting, history of haute couture and current trends (8)

HAUTE COUTURE DESIGNERS: Profile, collections, brand, Trade fairs, Introduction on Haute-a-porter, Elements and Principles of design, Identification of inspiration, choosing a theme or concept, development of mood board, story board, fabric board, colour board, design board, portfolio development and communication (8)

BRIDAL WEAR: Categories of Bridalwear, design principle requirements, Factors influencing the designing of bridalwear, selection of fabrics, colour, silhouette, binding, facing, hemming, interlinings, support materials, trimmings, decorative techniques and embellishments for bridal wear collection. (8)

WESTERN WEAR: Categories of Western wear for men, women and children, Trend analysis, Factors influencing the designing of western wear, selection of fabrics, silhouette, colour, trimmings, decorative techniques and embellishments for western wear collection. (8)

CELEBRITY COLLECTIONS: Understanding the customer, Factors influencing the designing of celebrity collection, selection of fabrics, silhouette, colour, trimmings, decorative techniques and embellishments for celebrity collection. Design interpretation of design collection (8)

RAMPWALK COLLECTIONS: International Fashion shows, Factors influencing the designing of collection for fashion shows, selection of fabrics, colour, silhouette, binding, facing, hemming, interlinings, support materials, trimmings, decorative techniques and embellishments for ramp collections (5) Total L : 45

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Claire B. Shaeffer, High-Fashion Sewing Secrets from the World's Best Designers: Step-By-Step Guide to Sewing Stylish Seams, Buttonholes, Pockets, Collars, Hems and More (Rodale Sewing Book) 1997, Rodale Press; third edition 2. Debby Roosa, A Designer's Book of Bridal Gowns, The Fashiondex, Inc.,2004.

REFERENCES: 1. Lynda Maynard, The Dressmaker's Handbook of Couture Sewing Techniques: Essential Step-by-Step Techniques for Professional Results, 2010, Interweave; Spi edition 2. Marie Clayton, ―Ultimate Sewing Bible – A Complete Reference with Step-by-Step Techniques‖, Collins & Brown, London, 2008. 3. Laing R M and Webster J, ―Stitches and Seams‖, Textile Progress, The Textile Institute, Manchester,1998.

APPAREL MANAGEMENT ELECTIVES

15H031 APPAREL LOGISTICS AND SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT 3 0 0 3

LOGISTICS AND SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT: Logistics - Scope, elements, need, activities, role in the economy and organisation, logistics and competitive performance, interface of logistics with manufacturing and marketing. Supply chain management: Evolution, need, customer focus - customer service, supply chain management issues, efficient consumer response (ECR), quick and accurate consumer response. (10)

DESIGN AND MANAGEMENT: Logistics management - Inbound and outbound, design, management, domain, integration and perspectives. Supply chain management: Phases, integrated supply chain, strategy – pull, push and push-pull strategy. Demand management - demand forecasting and shaping. Bull whip effect- Influencing factors, control measures. (7)

STRATEGIC SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT AND DISTRIBUTION PLANNING: Activities, decisions, supply alliances, supplier quality management, supply chain re-engineering. Organising for global markets: Globalisation - Stages to global SCM, global tendering and criticalities. Distribution planning - Factors influencing distribution network design, Location strategy – plant location, distribution problem, ware house location, retail facility location, Logistics planning, Vessel booking. (10)

COST AND PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENT IN SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT: Cost drivers, activity based costing, logistics cost, importance of accurate cost data, customer profitability analysis. Benchmarking – importance, role and methodology, challenges in implementation. Performance measurement systems. (6)

INFORMATION SERVICES IN LOGISTICS AND SUPPLY CHAIN: Importance, applications, information requirements, advanced order processing system in logistics, electronic data Interchange, decision support systems in logistics and database management.

109

Intelligence information system – materials requirement planning, manufacturing resource planning and enterprise resource planning. (6)

EMERGING TRENDS IN SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT: Collaborative strategies, vendor managed inventory (VMI), third and fourth party logistics, green supply chain, reverse logistics. Case studies and discussion on leading apparel supply chains. Introduction to quantitative models – List of techniques and usage in SCM (6) Total L:45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Sunil Chopra, Peter Meindl, ―Supply Chain Management - Strategy, Planning and Operations‖, Pearson Prentice Hall, New Jersey, 2007. 2. Douglas M Lambert, James R Stock, Lisa and M Ellram, ―Fundamentals of Logistics Management‖, McGraw Hill, Boston, 1998.

REFERENCES: 1. Benjamin S Blanchard, ―Logistics Engineering and Management‖, Prentice Hall India, New Delhi, 2005. 2. D K Agrawal, ―Textbook of Logistics and Supply Chain Management‖, Macmillan Publishers India limited, Kolkata, 2010. 3. Janat Shah, ‗Supply Chain Management‖ Pearson education India, 2009.

15H032 TOTAL QUALTIY MANAGEMENT 3 0 0 3

TOTAL QUALITY MANAGEMENT: Quality, quality planning, quality control, quality assurance, total quality management.TQM axioms – commitment, scientific knowledge, involvement. Consequences of total quality, total quality management excellence model (TQMEX). (6)

DEMING AND JURAN APPROACH TO TQM: Deming's fourteen points for quality management, five deadly sins and diseases, Deming‘s cycle, opinions of Deming. Juran approach - habit of quality, quality trilogy, universal break through sequence, comparison of Juran and Deming approaches. (8)

CROSBY AND QUALITY TREATMENT: Crosby's quality vaccine, Crosby's absolutes for quality management, fourteen steps for quality improvement. BUILDING BLOCKS OF TQM: Kaizen – objectives, Kaizen and Innovation. Total productive maintenance - Failure mode & effect analysis, Eight pillars of TPM. (11)

TOOLS AND TECHNIQUES IN TQM: Statistical quality control – process capability analysis, seven quality improvement tools. Taguchi method. Six sigma methodology. Benchmarking and its types. Quality Function Deployment (QFD), 5 S concept. (9)

MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS FOR TQM: ISO 9000 system – concepts, classifications and benefits. ISO 9001 - requirements and implementation in apparel industry. ISO 14001 – triggers for adopting environment management system, implementation. (6)

STRATEGIC QUALITY MANAGEMENT: Principles of quality management, quality planning road map, strategic planning process. Concept of customer driven quality. Case study - Implementation of TQM in apparel industry. (5)

Total L: 45

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Dale H Besterfield, ―Total Quality Management‖, Pearson education, 2014. 2. Poornima M Charantimath, ―Total Quality Management‖, Pearson education, 2011.

REFERENCES: 1. Logothetics N, ‖Managing for Total Quality - From Deming to Taguchi and SPC", Prentice Hall Ltd., New Delhi,1997. 2. David H, ―ISO 9000 quality system handbook‖, Butterworth publishing, 2006. 3. Juran J M and Gryna, F M, "Quality Planning and Analysis - From Product Development through Use", Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Limited, New Delhi, Fourth Edition, 2001. 3. Juran J M and Gryna, F M, "Quality Planning and Analysis - From Product Development through Use", Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Limited, New Delhi, Fourth Edition, 2001.

15H033 BRAND MANAGEMENT AND ADVERTISING 3 0 0 3

BRAND ELEMENTS AND BRAND BUILDING: Elements of branding – Brand identity, brand image, brand personality, brand communication, brand awareness, brand positioning and brand equity. Building brand - Product vs Brand, steps in building brands, consumer based brand equity pyramid, corporate brand building and retail brand building. Case studies on high profile Indian brands (9)

BRAND STRATEGY AND CONCEPTS: Functional brands, symbolic brands, experiential brands, forces affecting brands, product branding, line branding and umbrella branding. Concepts - brand extension, brand revitalisation, brand repositioning, brand recall and brand elimination. Case studies on branding strategies. (9)

110

GLOBAL BRANDING AND LATEST TRENDS: Global Brands, sources of opportunities for global brand, consumers and globalization, barriers to globalization, global brand leadership. Case studies on managing global brands. Fast fashion branding and luxury branding - Scope, Customer behaviour, Case studies on fast fashion and luxury branding. (9)

ADVERTISING: Nature and role of advertising in modern business world. Advertising and marketing mix - advertising objectives, benefits, economic aspects and ethics in advertising. (5)

ADVERTISING BUSINESS: Advertising manager, agency, advertising plan, organisation of advertising agency, basic principles, agency compensation and public relations. Budget - methods of advertisement budgeting and administering the budget. Media overview – types of media, media selection, media mix and media scheduling. Case studies on advertising. (9)

ADVERTISING APPEALS: Basis for appeals, buying motives, appeals and advertising message, types of appeals, essentials of an advertisement appeal. (4)

Total L:45.

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Mahim Sagar, Deepali Singh, DP Agrawal, Achintya Gupta, ―Brand management‖, Ane Books, New Delhi, 2009. 2. Gordon T Kendall, ―Fashion Brand Merchandising‖, Fairchild Publications, New York, 2009.

REFERENCES: 1. SA Chunawalla, KC Sethia, ―Foundations of Advertising – Theory and Practice‖, Himalaya publishing house, Mumbai, 2009. 2. Brad van Auken, ―Branding‖, Jaico publishing house, New Delhi, 2007. 3. Harsh V Verma, ―Brand management‖, Excel books, New Delhi, 2006. 4. George E. Belch and Michael A. Belch, ―Introduction to Advertising and Promotion‖, Irwin publishers, Canada, 1995.

15H034 GLOBAL TRADE MANAGEMENT 3 0 0 3

INTRODUCTION TO INTERNATIONAL TRADE: Need, basis of international trade, apparel exports, WTO, trade blocks – EU, ASEAN and NAFTA regional economic groups. International trade statistics on textiles and apparel, trends in India‘s foreign trade, prospects for Indian apparel exports, SWOT analysis. (8)

EXPORT BUSINESS: Setting up of export business, export marketing organisation, product planning for export markets, identifying foreign markets, export pricing and costing, INCO terms, export correspondence, negotiations for export business. (7)

GOVERNMENT SUPPORT AND INITIATIVES : High lights of 2015-2020 EXIM policy, various schemes – duty drawback, duty exemption , duty remission, EOU , free trade zones, SEZ, market access initiative, market development assistance, TUFS, TMTT. Focus of 12th five year plan on apparel and textile sector, trading house, export houses, warehousing zones, foreign exchange management act. Outward and inward FDI regulations. (8)

EXPORT FINANCE: Nature of export finance, terms of credit in export – payment by documentary credit, advance payment, cash against document, document on acceptance, consignment basis, packing credit and its formalities, post shipment finance – short, medium and long terms financing. export-import bank of india, forfeiting, ECGC – purpose, policies and financial guarantees. (7)

EXPORT AND IMPORT PROCEDURE: Export procedure – receipt of confirmed order, production and clearance of products for exports, shipment negotiation of documents and realisation of export proceeds, obtaining various incentives. pre-import procedure – steps in import procedure – legal dimensions of import procedure – customs formalities for imports – warehousing of imported goods – exchange control provisions for imports (8)

EXPORT AND IMPORT DOCUMENTATION: Export documentation – Aligned Documentation System (ADS), commercial documents, regulatory documents. import documents – transport documents – bill to entry – certificate of inspection – certificate of measurements – freight declaration. (7)

Total L:45

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Subramaniam S, Balagopal T A S, ―Export Marketing―, Himalayan Publishing House, Mumbai, 2010. 2. Varshney R L, Bhattacharya B, ―International marketing management – An Indian perspective‖, Sultan chand and sons, New Delhi, 2009.

REFERENCES: 1. Palle Krishna Rao, ―WTO – Text and Cases‖ PSG – Excel Series, Excel Books, New Delhi, 2005. 2. Hearle J W S, Hines T and Suh M, ―Global Marketing of Textiles‖, Journal of Textile Institute, Manchester, 1997. 3. Textile Institute, ―Globalization: Technological, Economic and Environmental Imperatives‖, The Textile Institute, Manchester 1994. 4. Govt. of India‘s,‖Foreign Trade Policy‖, India, 2015.

111

5. Import – Do it Yourself, M. I. Mahajan, Snow White Publications, New Delhi, 2015. . 15H035 APPAREL ENTREPRENEURSHIP 3 0 0 3

ENTREPRENEURSHIP: CONCEPT AND FUNCTION: Entrepreneurship - concepts, functions, need and importance, myths about entrepreneurship, entrepreneurial competencies, process of entrepreneurship, types of entrepreneurs, intrapreneur – importance. (6)

ENTREPRENEURIAL JOURNEY: Self-assessment of qualities, skills, resources and dreams, generation of ideas , feasibility study, opportunity assessment in fashion and related fields, business plan preparation , role of society and family in the growth of an entrepreneur, challenges faced by women in entrepreneurship. (9)

INNOVATION AND PROBLEM SOLVING : Approach to problem solving, social entrepreneurship-concept and importance, risk taking -concept ; types of business risks, barriers to entrepreneurship, support structure for promoting entrepreneurship. (7) CONCEPT OF MARKET : Market- traditional and e-commerce- concept and role, types of business: manufacturing, trading and services, market forces: sellers, consumers and competitors, expanding markets: local to global, strategies needed marketing mix: concept and elements, pricing and factors affecting pricing market survey: concept, importance and process. ( 9)

BUSINESS FINANCE : Record keeping, unit of sale, unit price and unit cost – for single product or service, types of costs – start up, variable and fixed, financial statements – P&L, balance sheet, fund flow. break even analysis – for single product or service, ratio analysis, taxes. (8)

BUSINESS ETHICS AND IPR: Ethics, values and social responsibility – ethics and business decisions. IPR : types of copyright, ownership and duration of copyright, design right, registered designs, topography rights, patenting process. (6)

Total L:45

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Robert D Hisrich, Michael P Peters and Dean Shepherd, ―Entrepreneurship‖, Tata McGraw Hill, Noida, 2007. 2. Vasant Desai ―Dynamics of Entrepreneurial Development and Management‖, Himalaya Publication House, Mumbai, 2001.

REFERENCES: 1. Bruee R Barringer and Duane Ireland,―Entrepreneurship – Successfully Launching New Ventures‖, Pearson– Prentice Hall, India ,2006. 2. Prasanna Chandra, ―Fundamental Financial Management‖ TataMc GRaw Hill Publications, India,1995

15H036 DIGITAL FASHION MARKETING 3 0 0 3

INTRODUCTION TO E-MARKETING: B2C, B2B, C2B and C2C, e-marketing objectives, Introduction to e-strategy, Digital marketing platforms, Approaches to marketing mix: 4Ps. 5Is, 4Cs and 7 Ps. Adding digital value to product, QR codes, New pricing approaches, pricing under pressure. (6)

E MODELS AND E CUSTOMERS: Introduction to e models, online revenue models, attribution, communication model, customer information processing model, customer buying model, social media models. Introduction to e customers, motivations, fears and phobias, online information processing, online buying process, online relationship and loyalty, researching online customers. (8)

SOCIAL MEDIA MARKETING: Importance, media platforms, review business goals for social media, strategy for managing social media, Social media optimisation (6)

SITE DESIGN: Objectives of effective site design, Online value proposition, different aspects of aesthetic design- Graphics , Colour, Style, Layout and Typography, Navigation and structure, Mobile site design. (5)

TRAFFIC BUILDING & E-CRM: Key aspects of traffic building, Search Engine Optimisation (SEO), Pay per Click search marketing, managing Pay Per Click (PPC), Online partnerships, Interactive advertising, Viral marketing. E-CRM: Introduction to relationship marketing, Database marketing, Profiling,- approaches to profiling, Control issues in E CRM. (9)

MANAGING DIGITAL MARKETING: Budgeting for digital marketing, selecting the best communications mix, selecting the right suppliers for digital marketing, Change management for digital transformation, Measuring and optimizing digital marketing with digital analytics, E-business security. (8)

CASE STUDIES IN DIGITAL MARKETING (3)

Total L: 45

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Dave Chaffey and PR Smith , ―E marketing Excellence - Planning and optimizing your digital marketing‖, Taylor & Francis,

112

London, 2013. 2. Will Rowan, ―Digital Marketing: Using New Technologies to Get Closer to Your Customers‖, Kogan Page Limited, UK, 2002.

REFERENCES : 1. Damian Ryan and Calvin Jones, ―The Best Digital Marketing Campaigns in the World‖, Kogan Page Limited, UK, 2011. 2. Rick Mathieson ―The On-Demand Brand‖ American Management Association, New York, USA, 2010.

15H037 FASHION RETAIL MANAGEMENT 3 0 0 3

RETAILING AND ITS ORGANISATION: Characteristics and functions, trends, types, retailing channels, international fashion retailer strategy, challenges in retail business. Organisation structures of fashion retailing - single unit specialty store, small department store, large department store, human resource management in retailing. (9)

CONSUMER BEHAVIOR: Consumer behavior, - consumer demographics, lifestyle, needs and desires, shopping attitude and behavior. Consumer profiling, Case study. (6)

RETAIL LOCATION, DESIGN: Location – types, choice, location and site evaluation. Store layout – type, feature areas. Space planning – location of departments and merchandise, planograms, retail performance measures. (8)

MERCHANDISE MANAGEMENT: Components of merchandise management – Merchandise planning - Inventory turnover, Sales forecasting - Collaborative planning forecasting replenishment(CPFR), Merchandise mix, Merchandise budget plan for fashion merchandise – monthly sales, beginning of month(BOM), end of month(EOM), open to buy (OTB), Allocating merchandise to stores. (10)

RETAIL PRICING AND ANALYTICS: Overview of pricing strategy, price adjustments, pricing on internet. Consumer responsiveness to prices. Retail analytics – Scope, Ways for optimising marketing, operation and merchandising decision. Analysing merchandise performance - ABC analysis, sell-through analysis, multi attribute method. (6)

SUSTAINING RELATIONSHIP IN RETAILING AND E-TAILING: Relationship marketing – Evolution, Strategies. Role of promotion in retail sustenance, ethics and social responsibility, Consumerism. E-Tailing - Scope, Online retail categories, pitfalls, role of cybermerchants, successful business models, security problems and solutions. (6)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Chetan Bajaj, Rajnish Tuli, Nidhi V Srivastava, ―Retail Management‖, Oxford University Press, New Delhi,2005. 2. Michael Levy, Barton A Weitx, Dhruv Grewal ―Retailing Management‖, 9th edition, McGraw-Hill Education (India) Limited, India, 2013.

REFERENCES: 1. Ellen Diamond ―Fashion Retailing: A Multi-Channel approach‖, Pearson Education India, India, 2007. 2. John Fernie, Suzanne Fernie and Christopher Moore, ―Principles of Retailing‖, Reed Elsevier India Private Limited, New Delhi, 2007. 3. Margaret Bruce, Christopher M. Moore and Grete Birtwistle, ―International Retail Marketing – A Case study approach‖, Reed Elsevier India Private Limited, New Delhi, 2006. 4. Bernadette Tiernan, ―e-tailing‖, Dearborn financial publishing Inc., Chicago, 2000.

15H038 ENTERPRISE RESOURCE PLANNING IN APPAREL INDUSTRY

3 0 0 3 INTRODUCTION TO ENTERPRISE RESOURCE PLANNING: Evolution, basics, needs, benefits, vendors – classification based on functional expertise, industry expertise, tier classification, market share. Growth and lifecycle of enterprise resource planning. Case studies on the benefits and needs for ERP (8)

TECHNOLOGY AND ERP FUNCTIONING: Technology – basics on components of the ERP system – client, server, user interface, back-end, cloud computing, system security. Desktop based vs web based vs cloud based ERP. functioning – MTR concept, login procedure. Workflow and notifications. (7)

MODULES IN ERP: Modules classification – Technical, Commercial, Working options in ERP, Module functions – Functions, related masters, transactions and reports. (8)

ERP FOR APPAREL INDUSTRY: Role and process flow in ERP for apparel vertical, apparel specific masters, transactions, reports-– types, usage and role in decision making (7)

IMPLEMENTING ERP FOR APPAREL INDUSTRY: Evaluating and selecting the right ERP, Business process study, Implementation – process, implementer capabilities, challenges, pitfalls, Post implementation process. (8)

113

BENEFITS AND LATEST DEVELOPMENTS: Benefits of ERP – data collection, information presentation, decision making. Workflow and notification usage for apparel vertical, maximum utilisation of ERP. Latest developments. Case studies on success and failures of ERP usage. Careers in ERP. (7)

Total L:45

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Surjit R, Rathinamoorthy R, Vishnu Vardhini K J ―ERP for textiles and apparel industry―, Woodhead Publishing, New Delhi, 2016. 2. Alexis Leon, ―Enterprise Resource Planning‖, Tata McGraw – Hill Publishing Company, 2007.

REFERENCES: 1.Parag Diwan & Sunil Sharma, ―Enterprise Resource Planning‖, Pentagon press, 2001 2.Jagan Nathan Vaman, ―ERP in practice‖, Tata McGraw- Hill publishing company limited, 2006. 3.Mary Sumner , ―Enterprise Resource planning‖, Pearson education, 2006.

15H039 LUXURY BRAND MANAGEMENT

3 0 0 3

UNDERSTANDING LUXURY: History and the luxury goods industry, Definition, Premium vs Luxury, Types of luxury goods, Major operators in the luxury industry, Scope of luxury brands in Indian market, SWOT analysis of high profile Indian luxury brands, Major luxury sectors, Key to success of luxury goods. (8)

LUXURY BRANDING ANALYSIS: Luxury brand character and brand value, Luxury brands and its signs, Luxury brand lifecycle, Identity, Ethics and aesthetics, Luxury and brand stretching, Building luxury brands using consumer based brand equity pyramid.(7)

LUXURY CLIENTS AND CUSTOMER BEHAVIOUR: Market size, Client profiling, Types of luxury clients, Customer behaviour of luxury clients, Luxury clients vs Mass market shoppers, Risk study, Luxury and India. Luxury and world, Luxury goods vs consumer behaviour. (8)

DISTRIBUTION STRATEGY: Distribution systems, International distribution, Luxury and digital distribution, Luxury brand distribution strategy, Distribution strategies of leading luxury brands. (7)

LUXURY BRAND ADVERTISING: Advertising in luxury – Strategies, concepts, advertising mix, Licensing procedures, Duty free operations. (8)

LUXURY BRAND RETAILING AND COMMUNICATION: Retailing in luxury, Retail vs wholesale in luxury, Entry and exit in luxury sector, Communication in luxury, Depth of communication, Communication tools in luxury, E-tailing, Internet and Luxury. (7)

Total L:45

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Chevalier M and Mazzalovo G, ―Luxury brand management: A world of privilege‖ John Wiley and Sons, London, 2012 2. Gordon T Kendall, ―Fashion Brand Merchandising‖, Fairchild Publications, New York, 2009

REFERENCES:

1. Kapferer J and Bastien V, ―The luxury strategy: Break the rules of Marketing to build luxury brands, Kogan, Philadelphia, 2012 2. Brad van Auken, ―Branding‖, Jaico publishing house, New Delhi, 2007. 3. Harsh V Verma, ―Brand management‖, Excel books, New Delhi, 2006.

15H040 FASHION FORECASTING 3 0 0 3

FASHION FORECASTING: Importance and steps in fashion forecasting. Fashion cycle, Fashion theories. Long term and short term forecasting. Analysis of trends in leading apparel and accessory brands. (8)

TREND FORECASTING PROCESS: Objectives, strategy and tools, resources for environmental scanning – news, forecasting services, shopping the market and observing street fashion. Positioning in the process calender. (7)

COLOUR FORECASTING: Consumers and the psychology of colour. Forecasting with colour cycles – colour matrix and seasonal barometer. Colour research – sources for colour ideas and palettes. (8)

MATERIAL FORECASTING: Material direction for men, women, kids, sports, intimates/swim, footwear/accessories and denim. Sources of innovation in textile development. Fabric fairs and trade shows. (7)

114

PRINTS AND SILHOUETTES: Trends in prints, design detail and silhouettes for men, women and kids for woven and knitted. Trends in accessories and footwear. Study on leading national and international designers collection. (8)

LINE DEVELOPMENT: Introduction to line development and mood/trend board. Understanding past trends, Prediction of future trends. Translation of findings to apparel collections targeting varied customer markets. Customer preferences with ethnicity, gender and income. Fashion shows – advantages and types. (7)

Total L:45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Evelyn L. Brannon, ―Fashion Forecasting‖, Fairchild Publications, Canada, 2010. 2. Simon Seivewright, ―Basics Fashion Design: Research and Design‖, AVA Publishings SA, UK, 2007.

REFERENCES: 1. Diehold Frank, ―Elements of forecasting‖, , South-Western College Publishing, USA, 2007. 2. Elinor Renfrew and Colin Renfrew, ―Basics Fashion Design: Developing a Collection‖, AVA Publishings SA, UK, 2009. 3. Marks and Andrea, ―Writing for Visual Thinkers: A Guide for Artists and Designers, Peachpit Press, Berkeley 2009.

ONE CREDIT COURSES

OFFERED BY THE DEPARTMENT

15HF01 EFFLUENT TREATMENT IN TEXTILE PROCESSING

1 0 0 1

EFFLUENT TREATMENT: Introduction, sources of effluents and their characteristics. Waste water treatment: objectives, methods and implementation considerations. (3)

EFFLUENT TREATMENT TECHNOLOGIES: Wastewater treatment by wet air oxidation, adsorption. Membrane filtration techniques: Micro filtration, Ultra filtration, Nano filtration and reverse osmosis. Photo chemical process, ion exchange process and Advanced oxidation processes. Recycling of effluents. (8)

ANALYSIS OF EFFLUENTS: Determination of Color, BOD, COD, Ph, odor, TDS, TSS, Total Alkalinity, Chlorides and metal contents. Tolerance limits for effluents. (4)

Total L: 15

TEXT BOOKS: 1. N.Manivasakam, ―Treatment of Textile Processing Effluents‖ (including analysis), Sakthi Publications, 1994. 2. George Thobanoglous, Franklin L. Burton,‖ Wastewater Engineering Treatment, Disposal, Reuse‖ (Metcalf & Eddy Inc., California), Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi.

REFERENCES: 1. Adel Al- Kadsi, Azni Idris, Katayon Saed, ―Treatment of Textile Wastewater by Advanced Oxidation Processes – A Review‖, Global Nest: The Int. J Vol 6, No 3, pp 222-230, 2004. 2. Vandevivere P C, Bianchi R, Verstraete W, ―Treatment and Reuse of Wastewater from the Textile Wet Processing Industry: Review of Emerging Technology‖, J Chem Techno Biotechnol, Vol 72, pp:289-302, 1998. 3. Ciardelli C, Corsi L, Marcucci M,‖ Membrane Separation for Wastewater Reuse In the Textile Industry, Resour. Conserv Recycling; Vol 31, pp 189-197, 2000.

15HF02 COMPUTERIZED MACHINE EMBROIDERY

0 0 2 1

MACHINE EMBROIDERY:

LIST OF LABORATORY EXPERIMENTS:

1. Computerized embroidery machine –parts, functions, threading, and fabric preparation (3) 2. Computerized embroidery machine-Mechanism and settings (6) 3. Wilcom embroidery software. (6) 4. Design punching. (8) 5. Embroidery fabric sample development . (7)

115

Total P:30 TEXT BOOK: 1. Maggie Gery, ―Raising the Surface with Machine Embroidery‖, BT. Batsford, Ltd., London 2003.

REFERENCE: 1. Doreen Curran, ―Magic of free machine embroidery‖, Search Press, Ltd., Kent, UK 2003.

15HF03 FASHION RENDERING 0 0 2 1

MATERIALS USED IN DESIGNING: Types and its application - Drawing papers, brushes, mediums - graphite pencils, pastels, water soluble coloured pencils, felt-tip pens, markers, inks, gouache, acrylics. (8)

DEPICTING COLOUR AND TEXTURE OF FABRIC: Mixing of colour, simplification of texture, depicting embroidery, lace, knits, wool, silk and shiny fabrics, leather, fur, transparent, denim, and corduroy fabrics. Developing patterns – repetition of a design, shading the pattern, stripes, contrast and harmony of colour in pattern. (12)

STUDYING THE CLOTHED FIGURE: Silhouettes, Dressing the body – from flat to three-dimensional clothes, relation between fabric and body, the hang of the garment, fit of garment. Folds and drapes – drawing darts, gathers, pleats, drapes; fabric characteristics and creases, draping on a table, stiffness or softening of the folds, drawing folds, falls and creases. (10)

Total P:30 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Angel Fernandez and Gabriel Martin Roig, ―Drawing for fashion designers‖, Anova books company ltd., UK, 2007. 2. Michaele Wesen Bryant ―Fashion Drawing : Illustration techniques for fashion designers‖, Laurence King publishing, UK, 2011.

REFERENCES: 1. Bina Abling, ―Fashion rendering with color‖, Prentice Hall, Inc, New Jersey, 2001 . 2. Ritu Bhargav, ―Fashion illustration and rendering‖, B Jain Publishers (P)Ltd., New Delhi, 2005.

15HF04 DIGITAL FASHION DESIGNING & E - PORTFOLIO DEVELOPMENT

0 0 2 1

FLAT GARMENT(silhouettes) DEVELOPMENT: using raster / vector / Physical reference garment by corel draw/Illustrator (6)

GRAPHIC DESIGN DEVELOPMENT: Editing vector image & tracing bitmap image using coral draw/illustrator/photoshop (6)

COLOUR COMBINATION: Matching or merging base colour with graphic & All over print based on colour forecast. (6)

TEXTURE MAPPING TECHNIQUES: All over print/ checks design development & fabric texture mapping (6)

RASTER & VECTOR IMAGES: Image resolution, size & formats. (6)

Total P:30

REFERENCES: 1. Marianne Center Frances Vereker , ―Fashion Designer's Handbook for Adobe Illustrator‖ Blackwell Scientific Publications , London, 2007. 2. Gary B Shelly Thomas J Cashman Joy l Starks, ―Adobe photoshop CS3‖ Cengage Learning, New Delhi, 2009.

15HF05 FASHION SHOW PRODUCTION 1 0 0 1

FASHION SHOW: History, Business – Advertising, branding, promotion, fashion shows and community, technology, production and location. (3)

CATEGORIES OF FASHION SHOWS: Types, Categories – production shows, formal runway shows and informal shows, Role of the producer/coordinator, production team. (4)

FASHION SHOW PREPARATION: Production services – technical, clothing, merchandising, backstage, model, talents and agencies, Creating the show concept - storyboards, pitching the theme or concept and preview, show planning. (4)

116

FASHION SHOW PROMOTION AND FRAMEWORK: Promotion - PR and marketing, press release. Framework – the front of the house and the backroom (2)

FASHION SHOW EVENT: Day of event timeline, Scripts and contingency plan – show length, choreography, opening, closing and cancelling shows. (2)

Total L: 15 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Taylor P, ―How to produce a fashion show from A to Z‖, Prentice Hall, New Jersey, 2013. 2. Green-Withrow B, ―How does your fashion show, show‖, CreateSpace, North Charleston, 2008.

REFERENCES: 1. Reed C, ―The fashion shows‖, Artists International Media, North Carolina, 2012. 2. Everett J C, Swanson K K ―Guide to producing a fashion show‖, second edition, Fairchild books, New York, 2004.

15HF06 SEAMLESS GARMENTS 1 0 0 1

KNITTING AND KNIT CAD: Analysis of important knitted structures, Knit CAD, seamless and 3D knitting technology. (5)

SEAMLESS KNITTING: Basic Concept – Mechanism in seamless knitting, Advantages & limitations. (3)

SEAMLESS KNITTING MACHINERY: Seamless knitting machines: Single jersey, double jersey and warp seamless (Sock Machine / Hosiery Machinery /Panty hose /Seamless Machinery) for the production of underwear, outwear, nightwear, swimwear, beach wear, sanitary garment, and sportswear -Different model of electronic circular knitting machines for Seamless wear. (7)

Total L:15 TEXT BOOK: 1. Spencer D J, ―Knitting Technology‖, Pergamon Press, Oxford, 1992.

REFERENCES: 1. D.B.Ajgoankar, ―Knitting Technology‖, Universal Public Corp., London 2006. 2. J.E.Booth,‖Textile Mathematics‖, Textile Institute, UK, 1977.

15HF07 FASHION ILLUSTRATION 0 0 2 1 FASHION SKETCHING: Block figures-normal and fashion. Basic croqui drawing. Hand and feet analysis Face analysis - eyes, nose, lips, ear. Hairstyles. Fleshing of block figures. Fashion poses and figures in Motion. Medium exploration. (8)

FASHION ILUSTRATION: Draping of different Garments. Illustration of Gathers, Folds, Pleats showing fullness in a garment. Illustration in Textural Techniques. Inspirational Designing. Theme based illustrations. Illusion effects created due to colour, elements of design and fashion details. Classic and innovative Fashion Details. Designing Clothes line. (8)

FASHION ACCESSORY DESIGNING: Designing and illustrating Jewellery, head gears, Belts, Footwear, Bows and ties, Illustrating different Hairstyles. (6)

FASHION PRESENTATION: Creating Survey Boards, Creating Mood boards, Theme boards, Client boards, Swatch boards, Creating Lines, Collage Work and stylization. (8)

Total P: 30

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Kathryn Mc Kelvey, Janine Munslow, ‖Illustrating Fashion‖, Wiley Blackwell, 2002. 2. Rita Gersten , ―Fashion Art for the Fashion Industry‖, Fairchild Publications, 1989.

REFERENCES: 1. Bina Abling , ―Fashion Sketchbook‖,Fairchild Publications, 2000. 2. Connie Amaden-Crawford, ―The Art of Fashion Draping‖, Fairchild Publications, 1989.

15HF08 PLANT LAYOUT AND FACILITY PLANNING 1 0 0 1

PLANT LAYOUT: Objectives of plant layout, Principles of plant layout, types of plant layout used in apparel industry, their merits and demerits, flow patterns. (2)

117

FACILITY PLANNING: Steps in facility design – Nature of apparel manufacturing business, product analysis, manufacturing system used in apparel manufacture, level of technology, location. (2)

SPACE DETERMINATION AND AREA ALLOCATION: Factors for consideration in space planning, receiving, storage, production- spreading, cutting, bundling, sewing ,pressing, packing; shipping, other auxiliary service actions. Establishing total space requirement, area allocation factors to be considered, expansion, flexibility, aisles column and area allocation procedure. (6)

COMPUTER AIDED LAYOUT PLANNING: Computer aided layout planning – Introduction to AUTOCAD software tools and their application in the construction of Layout. Method of constructing the layout using AUTOCAD for apparel industry. Evaluation of layout, implementing layout. (5)

Total L: 15

REFERENCES:

1. Thompkins. J A and White, J. A., ―Facilities Planning ―- John Wiley & Sons Inc, US, 2010 2. Francis, R.L., Leon F.McGinnis, Jr, White, J.A, ―Facility layout and Location –An analytical approach‖, Phi learning, New Delhi, 2006. 3. Sunderesh Heragu, ―Facilities Design‖,PWS Publishing Company, Boston, 1997. 4. James M Apple, ―Plant Layout and Material handling‖, Second Edition, John, Wiely and Sons, 1977. 5. James M Moore, ― Plant Layout Design‖, Mac Millon Co., New York, 1962.

15HF09 SOURCING FOR APPAREL MANUFACTURING 1 0 0 1

FABRIC SOURCING: Fabric selection as per seasons and categories. Commercial fabrics quality and specifications, yarn dyed, piece dyed and printed. Chambray, Oxford, dobby fabric qualities and prices. Fabric, accessories and trims souring hubs. International and domestic sourcing zones. (3)

SOURCING PROCESS: Denim and non denim Fabric quality and its specifications for various end uses, Market study, fabric development, lab dips, sample docket preparation, trims development, sample development, proto sample, pre-cost closure, final costing, Risk Analysis & Caveat, order confirmation, fabric dispatch to garment vendor. (6)

ORDER EXECUTION, Vendor planning, SAM working and Costing, TNA Plan, Approvals Requirement and Process, Sewing line plan, Inspection norms, documents preparation scope of Optical Character Recognition (OCR), Store survey, competitor study. (6)

Total L: 15 REFERENCES: 1. Jung Ha-Brookshire, Global Sourcing in the Textile and Apparel Industry, Pearson, 2014. 2. Grace Kunz, ―Merchandising theory, principles and practice‖, Fair Child Books, New York, 2005. 3. Jeremy A. Rosenau, Dvid L. Wilson, ―Apparel Merchandising – The line starts here‖, Fairchild publications, New York, 2007

15HF10 TECH PACK DEVELOPMENT AND INTERPRETATION

1 0 0 1

INTRODUCTION TO MERCHANDISING: Regular activities, roles and responsibilities inside the factory, technical specification sheet introduction, steps in order receiving, order sheet interpretation, Development of TNA plan for individual order. (3)

GARMENT TO TECH PACK: Garment analysis – Analysis of buyer sample and developing tech pack for bulk production. (3)

TECH PACK DEVELOPMENT: GSM calculation, fabric and thread consumption, size wise, colour wise quantity estimation, quality instruction, garment sketch, fabric, trims and accessory boards, finishing and packing details development (6)

INDUSTRIAL TECH PACK: Introduction, steps in interpretation, important things to be communicated to buyer and factory. Case studies and discussion. (3)

Total L: 15

REFERENCES: 1. Grace I. Kunz , Ruth E. Glock, ―Apparel Manufacturing: Sewn Product Analysis‖, 4th Edition. Prentice Hall, 2004. 2. Evelyn C Moore, ―Math for Merchandising‖, Wiley Eastern Inc., India, 1999. 3. Grace Kunz, ―Merchandising theory, principles and practice‖, Fair Child Books, New York, 2005.

118

4. Jeremy A. Rosenau, Dvid L. Wilson, ―Apparel Merchandising – The line starts here‖, Fairchild publications, New York, 2007.

15HF11 COMPUTER AIDED DESIGNING FOR HOME TEXTILES 1 0 0 1

COMPUTER AIDED HOME TEXTILES DESIGNING: Introduction about the various software‘s and the tools used in Computer aided designing for Home textile products. (3)

DEVELOPMENT OF HOME TEXTILE DESIGNS: Trend forecast analysis of Home textiles for seasons, Development of woven fabric designs: Engineered stripe and checked effects, Motif selection and Pattern development, spot figuring. Procedure for developing Dobby designs, Jacquard designs and Print Designs for home textile products. (6)

DEVELOPMENT OF SURFACE ORNAMENTATION EFFECTS: Embroidery designs – Procedure for the development of computer aided embroidery design effects in Home textiles. (3)

TEXTURE MAPPING & LAYOUT PLANNING: Concept of Texture Mapping – Texture mapping of Home textile products. Computer aided layout planning for Home Interiors with Home Textile products- Tech pack development. (3)

Total L: 15

REFERENCES: 1. Grosicki Z.J., ― Watson‘s Textile Design and colour‖, Newness- Butterworth and Co., London, 2005 2. Grosicki Z.J., ―Watson‘s Advanced Textile Design‖, Newness- Butterworth and Co., London, 2005 3. Brian, D Colemen, ―Luxurious Home Interiors‖, Gibbs Smith Publication, Hong Kong, 2004. 4. Premavathy Seetharaman and Parveen Pannu, ―Interior Design and Decoration‖, CBS Publishers, New Delhi, India, 2005 5. Jan Beaney and Jean Little John, ―Complete Guide to Creative Embroidery: Design, Textures, Stitches‖, Bt Batsford, 2005.

OFFERED BY THE DEPARTMENT OF HUMANITIES

15OF01 EXPORT - IMPORT MANAGEMENT 1 0 0 1

INTRODUCTION: Export – Import Business – Preliminaries for starting Export – Import Business Registration. (3)

EXPORT PROCEDURES: Obtaining an Export License – Export Credit Insurance – Procedures and Documentation. (4)

FOREIGN EXCHANGE: Finance for Exports – Pricing - Understanding Foreign Exchange Rates. (3)

IMPORT PROCEDURES: Import Policy – License - Procedure and Documentation. (3)

EXPORT INCENTIVES: Incentives – Institutional Support. (2)

Total L: 15 REFERENCES: 1. Ramagopal C., ―Export Import Procedures - Documentation and Logistics‖, New Age International. 2. Cherian and Parab, ―Export Marketing‖, Himalaya Publishing House, New Delhi, 2008. 3. Rathod, Rathor and Jani, ―International Marketing‖, Himalaya Publishing House, New Delhi, 2008. 4. ―Government of India: Export-Import Policy, procedures, etc.‖, (Volumes I, II and III) New Delhi.

15OF02 INSURANCE & RISK MANAGEMENT 1 0 0 1

INTRODUCTION TO RISK MANAGEMENT: Risk in Our Society. (2)

INSURANCE AND RISK: Client Side – Components of the Costs of Risk. (2)

PRINCIPLES OF INSURANCE: Insurance Company Operations – Documents. (4)

MASS CONTROL: Insurance Intermediaries – Insurance Companies and their Role in Deducting Business / Role Risks. (4)

FINANCIAL RISKS: Shift of Risks – Risk Derivatives. (3)

Total L: 15

119

REFERENCES: 1. George E Rejda, ―Principles of Risk Management & Insurance‖, 2010. 2. John Hull, ―Risk Management & Financial Institution‖, 2012. 3. Alka Mittal &. Gupta S. L, ―Principles of Insurance & Risk Management‖, 2006.

15OF03 VALUES AND ETHICS AT WORK PLACE 1 0 0 1

HUMAN VALUES AND ETHOS: Meaning and Significance of Values – Sources of Individual Values - Value crisis in the Contemporary Indian Society –Moral and Ethical Values. (4)

APPLICATION OF VALUES: Relevance of Values in Management – Personal Values and Values at Work place – Values for Managers. (2)

WORK ETHICS: Professional Values & Ethics – Need – Issues – Challenges – Ethical Leadership – Ethical dilemma - Case Study. (4) SHARED VALUES IN THE ORGANIZATION AND ITS IMPACT: Need to identify and share values – the Value Construct and How to Promote Shared Values. (2)

UNIVERSAL VALUES: Cross Cultural Values - Impact of Culture on Organizations and Managing Workforce Diversity. (3)

Total L: 15 REFERENCES: 1. Tripathi A. N., ―Human values‖, New Age international Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2002. 2. Murthy C.S.V., ―Business Ethics‖, Himalaya Publishing House, 2007. 3. Jayshree Suresh, Raghavan B.S., ―Professional Ethics‖, S. Chand & Company Ltd., New Delhi, 2005. 4. Nandagopal R. and Ajith Sankar RN., ―Indian Ethos and Values in Management‖, McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2010.

15OF04 DEVELOPMENT OF INDUSTRIALISATION 1 0 0 1

EVOLUTION OF MODERN ECONOMY- Colonialism, Capitalism and economic development. (2)

AMERICAN HISTORY- Before and After European arrival. (4)

ROLE SLAVERY and trade in America. (4)

INDIAN ECONOMY – Pre and Post Independence, (3)

INDUSTRIALIZATION IN ASIA AND AFRICA – Colonialism – anti-colonialism and Socialism. (2)

Total L: 15 REFERENCES: 1. Paul Johnson, ―A History of the American People‖ Harper perennial Edition- 1999. 2. Henry Bamford Parkes, ―The United States of America – A history‖, Second Edition, 1960. 3. Ramesh Singh, ―Indian Economy- for Civil Services Examination‖, McGraw Hill, 8th Edition. 4. John g Jackson and Willis N Huggins, I ―Introduction to African Civilizations‖ - 2011.

15OF05 CREATIVITY AND SOCIAL ENTERPRISE 1 0 0 1

CREATIVITY- Understanding the creative skills (2)

WAYS TO IMPROVE creativity and exercises. (4)

INNOVATION – Process of Innovating new ideas - Importance of Innovation. (4)

ENTREPRENEURIAL skills and development – Intrapreneurship. (3)

SOCIAL ENTREPRENEUR and social enterprise – success stories of entrepreneurs – Leadership styles adopted by successful entrepreneurs. (2)

Total L: 15

120

REFERENCES: 1. Bruee R Barringer and Duane Treland, ―Entrepreneurship – Successfully Launching New Ventures‖, Pearson Prentice Hall, 2012. 2. Robert D Hisrich, Michael P Peters& Dean Shepherd, ―Entrepreneurship‖, Tata McGraw Hill, 2007 3. Daniel Kahneman, ―Thinking faast and sloe‖, Farrar, Straus and Giroux, 2011. 4. Robert B Tucker, ― Innovation Everybody‘s Business‖, 2010

15OF06 SOCIAL AND PSYCHOLOGICAL WELL BEING 1 0 0 1

DEFINING SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY and social influences on behavior. (2)

ANALYSIS OF SOCIAL and psychological problems and the solutions to address social problems. (4)

ROLE OF SPORTS AND GAMES, yoga practices, tracking and outdoor activities in addressing social and psychological problems. (4)

ORIGINS OF PSYCHOLOGICAL DISORDER – roots of social anxiety - prevention of psychological disorders. (3)

NATURE OF INTERVENTIONS – Evaluation of Interventions and implementing the interventions. (2)

Total L: 15 REFERENCES: 1. Frank W Schneider et all, ―Applied Social Psychology‖, II Ed., Sage Publications, 2012. 2. Robert A Baron and Giriswar Misra, ―Psychology‖, V Ed., Pearson, Chennai. 3. John T Cacioppo Laura & Freberg, ―Discovering Psychology the Science of Mind‖, Cengage Learning, 2013. 4. Frank W Schneider, Jamie & Gruman, Larry M Coutts, ―Applied Social Psychology‖, II Ed., Sage Publications.

15OF13 SECURITY ANALYSIS AND PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

1 0 0 1 INVESTMENTS ENVIRONMENT: Classification - Financial Instruments – Security Trading. (2)

TYPES OF SECURITY: Trading – Orders, Margin Trading – Clearing and Settlement Procedures. (5)

SECURITY ANALYSIS: Industry Analysis – Company Analysis. (4)

PORTFOLIO: Measuring Risk and Returns and Treatment in Portfolio Management. (4)

Total L: 15 REFERENCES: 1. William F Sharpe, Gordon J. Alexander and Jeffery V Bailey, ―Investments‖, Prentice Hall, 2012. 2. Prasanna Chandra, ―Investment Analysis and Portfolio Management‖, TATA McGraw Hill Publishing, 2011. 3. Ranganatham, ―Investment Analysis and Portfolio Management‖, Pearson Edition, 2004. 4. Bhalla V K., ―Investment Management‖, TATA McGraw Hill Publishing, 2011.

15OF14 IMPLEMENTATION OF QUALITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 1 0 0 1

INTRODUCTION – Need for Quality – Definitions of Quality – Dimensions of Product and Service Quality – Basic Concept of TQM – Contributions of Deming, Juran and Crosby – Barriers to TQM. (2)

STRATEGIC QUALITY PLANNING – Quality Councils – Employee Involvement – Empowerment – Team and Team Work – PDCA Cycle – 5S – Supplier Selection and Supplier Rating. (4)

SEVEN TOOLS OF QUALITY – New Management Tool – Concepts, Methodology, Applications to Manufacturing, Service Sector Including IT – Bench Marking – Reason to Bench Mark, Bench Mark Process – FMEA Types. (4)

PRODUCTION PLANNING & CONTROL – Concepts of Productivity – Importance – Modes of Calculating Productivity – Cost of Quality - SERVQUAL – Quality Improvement Strategies. (3)

CONTROL CHART – Process Capability – Quality Function Development (QFD) – Taguchi Quality Loss Function – TPM Concepts. (2)

Total L: 15

121

REFERENCES: 1. Jiju Antony; David Preece Routledge, ―Understanding, Managing and Implementing Quality: Frameworks, Techniques and Cases‖, Routledge, 2002. 2. Dale H. Besterfield., ―Total Quality Management‖, Pearson, 2011. 3. Hubert K.Rampersad, ―Total Quality Management‖, Springer International Publishing, 2004. 4. Mukkerjee P N., ―Total Quality Management‖, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd., 2006.

15OF15 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT 1 0 0 1 INTRODUCTION: Meaning of finance - Definition of financial management - Scope of Financial Management - Functions of Financial Manager. (2)

OBJECTIVE OF FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT: Profit Maximization and Wealth Maximization. (4)

CAPITAL STRUCTURE: Designing of Capital Structure - Profitability and Liquidity Aspects. (4)

DIVIDEND POLICY: Determinants of Dividends- Bonus share – Tax aspects. (3)

CORPORATE RESTRUCTURING: Merger and Acquisition (M&A) - Case Studies. (2)

Total L: 15

REFERENCES: 1. Pandey I M., ―Financial Management‖, Vikas Publication House Pvt Ltd., 2013. 2. Prasanna Chandra, ―Financial Management Theory and Practice‖, TATA McGraw Hill Publishing, 2010. 3. James C. Van Horne and John M. Wachowicz JR. ―Fundamentals of Financial Management‖, twelfth edition, Pearson Edition, 2010 4. Khan M.Y and Jain P.K., ―Financial Management‖ TATA McGraw Hill Publishing, 2010.

15OF16 PERSONALITY DEVELOPMENT THROUGH TRANSACTIONAL ANALYSIS 1 0 0 1

EXPLORING THE PERSONALITY - Structural Ego states - Functional Ego states. (2)

MOTIVATION – Strokes Maslow‘s Hierarchy of Needs. (4)

INTERPERSONAL RELATIONSHIP - Time Management – Transactions - Time Structuring. (4)

STRESS MANAGEMENT - Working Styles – Contamination. (3)

ASSERTIVENESS AND LEADERSHIP SKILLS - Life positions – Competency. (2)

Total L: 15

REFERENCES: 1. Eric Berne, ―Games People Play The Basic Handbook of Transactional Analysis‖, The Random House Publishing Group, Newyork, 1964. 2. Muriel James and Dorothy Jongeward, ―Born to Win‖, Addison-Wesley Publishing Company, Inc. Philippines, 1971. 3. Claud Steiner, ―Scripts people live: Transactional Analysis of Life Scripts‖, Grove Press Newyork, 1974. 4. Wagner. A., ―The Transactional Manager‖, Prentice Hall Press, New Yark, 1981.

OFFERED BY THE DEPARTMENT OF ENGLISH

15OF10 CORPORATE COMMUNICATION

1 0 0 1 INTRODUCTION: Basics of Corporate Culture, Etiquette, Code governing manners and conduct, Personal Grooming, People relationship, Worthy goals/ideals. (3)

ORAL COMMUNICATION: Communicating in Organizational Settings - Recognizing effective Communication - Mastering Listening and Nonverbal Communication Skills - Overcoming Barriers to Communication - Communicating in Teams and adapting to Cross Cultural Communication contexts. (4)

122

WRITTEN COMMUNICATION: Planning, Writing, and completing business messages - Writing messages for Electronic Media - Creating effective E-mail messages - Writing routine and positive and negative messages - Writing persuasive messages – Training on writing Reports and proposals – Mastering the Format and layout of Business Documents. (5)

Presentation and Negotiation Skills. (3)

Total: 15 REFERENCES: 1. Herta A. Murphy, Hebert W. Hildebrandt, and Jane P. Thomas, ―Effective Business Communication‖, McGraw – Hill, New Delhi, 2008. 2. Courtland L. Bove‘e, John V. Thill, and Mukesh Chaturvedi, ―Business Communication Today‖, Dorling Kindersley India (Pvt). Ltd., 2009.

15OF11 INTERPERSONAL AND ORGANIZATIONAL COMMUNICATION 1 0 0 1

UNDERSTANDING ORGANIZATIONAL COMMUNICATION: Communication Networks in an Organization; Intra- organizational communication; Inter-organizational communication; Flow Nomenclature; Workplace diversity and intercultural aspects of communication (4)

COMMUNICATION FUNCTIONS IN ORGANIZATIONS: Teamwork and team dynamics; Conflict resolution strategies and styles; Leading and influencing others-facilitation skills (3)

WRITTEN COMMUNICATION: Email Writing, Professional Reports, and Memos (4)

INTERPERSONAL SKILLS: Nature and Dimensions of Interpersonal Communication; Personality and Communication styles; Active listening and intentional responding; Working with emotional intelligence. (4)

Total L:15

REFERENCES: 1. Bagchi, Subroto. ―The Professional ‖. Penguin Publications, UK. 2011. 2. ―A Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge (PMBOK guide)‖. Project Management Institute Inc., USA. 2013.

15OF12 HUMAN VALUES THROUGH LITERATURE 1 0 0 1

PROSE: Kalam, Abdul. ―College Education‖ from Wings of Fire, Emerson, R W. ―Self-Reliance‖ Independence, Russell, Bertrand. ―Education‖ Harmony (5)

POETRY: Frost, Robert. ―Mending Wall‖ Neighbourly Relationship,Das, Kamala. ―An Introduction‖ – Identity and Freedom . (2)

DRAMA: Karnad, Girish, Tughlaq – Statesmanship and friendship (3)

ONE-ACT PLAY: Chekhov, Anton. The Bear – Love (1)

SHORT STORY: Maugham, Somerset. ―Mr. Know-All‖ – Empathy, Desai, Anita. ―Devoted Son‖ – Family Bond. (2)

NOVEL: Murthy, Sudha. Gently Falls the Bakula – Gender equality (2)

Total L: 15 hrs REFERENCES: 1. Abrams, M .H. and Harpham, G., ― A Glossary of Literary Terms‖. Cengage, Boston, 2015 2. Scholes, R., Comely, N.R., Klaus, C. H., and Silverman, M. Elements of Literature, Indian Rpt. OUP,New Delhi, 2013 3. Additional readings on individual texts

123

OFFERED BY THE DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS

15OF21 PRINCIPLES OF BUSINESS ANALYTICS 1 0 0 1

PREDICTIVE ANALYTICS: CLASSIFICATION AND DISCRETE CHOICE PROBLEMS: Simple linear regression - multiple linear regression model development and diagnostics - analysis of transactional data using binary logistic and multinomial logistic regression models - discrete choice models, non-linear regression. Classification Trees, Classification and Regression Tree (CART) - forecasting.

PREDICTIVE ANALYTICS: MARKETING, RETAIL AND OPERATIONS ANALYTICS: Markov chain models in marketing: Modelling customer relationship as a Markov chain - brand switching - market share estimation - Markov model for customer retention - Customer Lifetime Value (CLV) estimation.

PRESCRIPTIVE ANALYTICS: Multi-criteria decision making - analytic hierarchy process - data envelopment analysis and their applications in operations - marketing and finance. Six sigma methodologies for problem solving: DMAIC methodology for problem solving and process improvement - DMADV methodology for design and development of new process.

Total L: 15

REFERENCES: 1. Hopkins M S, LaValle S, Balboni F, Kruschwitz N and Shockley R, ―10 Insights: A first look at The New Intelligence Enterprise Survey on Winning with Data‖, MIT Sloan Management Review, Vol. 52, No. 1, 21–31. 2. Fausto Pedro García Márquez and Benjamin Lev, ―Advanced Business Analytics‖, Springer, 2015

124